Origen Against Celsus 8

Origene (185–254 d.C.) · PG 11, 800–1552

8.1 Chapter I

Having completed seven books, I now propose to begin the eighth. And may God and His Only-begotten Son the Word be with us, to enable us effectively to refute the falsehoods which Celsus has published under the delusive title of A True Discourse, and at the same time to unfold the truths of Christianity with such fulness as our purpose requires. And as Paul said, “We are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us,” so would we in the same spirit and language earnestly desire to be ambassadors for Christ to men, even as the Word of God beseeches them to the love of Himself, seeking to win over to righteousness, truth, and the other virtues, those who, until they receive the doctrines of Jesus Christ, live in darkness about God and in ignorance of their Creator. Again, then, I would say, may God bestow upon us His pure and true Word, even “the Lord strong and mighty in battle” against sin. We must now proceed to state the next objection of Celsus, and afterwards to answer it.

Ἤδη ἔφθασα ἐπὶ τὸ συντελέσαι ἑπτὰ βιβλία, θέλω δὲ ἄρξασθαι καὶ ὀγδόου. θεὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ „μονογενὴς“ αὐτοῦ λόγος παρέσται ἡμῖν, ἵνα γενναίως μὲν τὰ Κέλσου ψεύδη διελεγχθῇ, μάτην ἐπιγεγραμμένα ἀληθὴς λόγος, δυνατῶς δὲ καὶ τὸ ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπαγορευομένοις τὰ χριστιανισμοῦ ἀποδειχθῇ. εὐχομένοις τὸ „ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πρεσβεύομεν, ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος“ ἡμᾶς „δι᾿ ἡμῶν“ εἰπεῖν τῇ τοῦ Παύλου διαθέσει καὶ πρεσβεῦσαι „ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ“ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὡς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν φιλίαν παρακαλεῖ, βουλόμενος οἰκειῶσαι δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἀρεταῖς τοὺς πρὸ τῆς παραδοχῆς τῶν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δογμάτων ἐν σκότῳ τῷ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ τῇ περὶ τοῦ κτίσαντος ἐνδιατρίψαντας. καὶ πάλιν δὲ ἐρῶ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς δῴη ἡμῖν τὸν γενναῖον καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον. τὸν κύριον τὸν κραταιὸν καὶ δυνατὸν „ἐν πολέμῳ“ τῷ κατὰ τῆς κακίας. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς λέξιν Κέλσου καὶ τὰ πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁδευτέον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν.

8.2 Chapter II

In a passage previously quoted Celsus asks us why we do not worship demons, and to his remarks on demons we gave such an answer as seemed to us in accordance with the divine word. After having put this question for the purpose of leading us to the worship of demons, he represents us as answering that it is impossible to serve many masters. “This,” he goes on to say, “is the language of sedition, and is only used by those who separate themselves and stand aloof from all human society. Those who speak in this way ascribe,” as he supposes, “their own feelings and passions to God. It does hold true among men, that he who is in the service of one master cannot well serve another, because the service which he renders to the one interferes with that which he owes to the other; and no one, therefore, who has already engaged himself to the service of one, must accept that of another. And, in like manner, it is impossible to serve at the same time heroes or demons of different natures. But in regard to God, who is subject to no suffering or loss, it is,” he thinks, “absurd to be on our guard against serving more gods, as though we had to do with demi-gods, or other spirits of that sort.” He says also, “He who serves many gods does that which is pleasing to the Most High, because he honours that which belongs to Him.” And he adds, “It is indeed wrong to give honour to any to whom God has not given honour.” “Wherefore,” he says, “in honouring and worshipping all belonging to God, we will not displease Him to whom they all belong.”

Ἐπηπόρησε δὲ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων πρὸς ἡμᾶς. διὰ τί δαίμονας οὐ θεραπεύομεν· καὶ πρὸς ἃ εἶπε περὶ δαιμόνων ἀπηντήσαμεν κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον ἡμῖν βούλημα τοῦ θείου λόγου. εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς ἐκείνοις ἡμᾶς εἰσάγει λέγοντας πρὸς τὴν ἐπαπόρησιν αὐτοῦ. θέλοντος ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας θεραπεύειν, ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τε „δουλεύειν“ τὸν αὐτὸν πλείοσι „κυρίοις.“ τοῦτο δ᾿, ὡς οἴεται, στάσεως εἶναι φωνὴν τῶν, ὡς αὐτὸς ὠνόμασεν, ἀποτειχιζόντων ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀποῤῥηγνύντων ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων. νομίζει δὲ τοὺς τοῦτο λέγοντας τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς ἀπομάττεσθαι τὸ σφέτερον πάθος εἰς τὸν θεόν. διὸ καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν ἀνθρώπων χώραν ἔχειν οἴεται τὸν δουλεύοντά τινι μὴ ἂν εὐλόγως καὶ ἄλλῳ „δουλεύειν“ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὡς βλαπτομένου τοῦ ἑτέρου ἀπὸ τῆς διαφόρου δουλείας, μηδὲ τὸν φθάσαντα συνομωμοκέναι τινὶ συνομνύειν καὶ ἑτέρῳ ὡς βλάπτοντα, (καὶ) λόγον ἔχειν τὸ μὴ δουλεύειν ἅμα διαφόροις ἥρωσι καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις δαίμοσιν· ἐπὶ δὲ θεοῦ, πρὸς ὃν οὔτε βλάβη τις οὔτε λύπη φθάνει, ἄλογον νομίζει τὸ φυλάττεσθαι ὁμοίως τοῖς περὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἡρώων καὶ τοιῶνδε δαιμόνων θεραπεύειν θεοὺς πλείονας. φησὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν θεραπεύοντα θεοὺς πλείονας τῷ ἕν τι τῶν τοῦ μεγάλου θεραπεύειν φίλον καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἐκείνῳ ποιεῖν καὶ προστίθησιν ὅτι οὐδ᾿ ἔξεστι τιμᾶσθαί τινι ᾧ μὴ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦτο δέδοται. διότι τιμῶν τις καὶ σέβων, φησὶ, τοὺς ἐκείνου πάντας οὐ λυπεῖ τὸν θεὸν, οὗ πάντες εἰσίν.

8.3 Chapter III

Before proceeding to the next point, it may be well for us to see whether we do not accept with approval the saying, “No man can serve two masters,” with the addition, “for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other,” and further, “Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” The defence of this passage will lead us to a deeper and more searching inquiry into the meaning and application of the words “gods” and “lords.” Divine Scripture teaches us that there is “a great Lord above all gods.” And by this name “gods” we are not to understand the objects of heathen worship (for we know that “all the gods of the heathen are demons”), but the gods mentioned by the prophets as forming an assembly, whom God “judges,” and to each of whom He assigns his proper work. For “God standeth in the assembly of the gods: He judgeth among the gods.” For “God is Lord of gods,” who by His Son “hath called the earth from the rising of the sun unto the going down thereof.” We are also commanded to “give thanks to the God of gods.” Moreover, we are taught that “God is not the God of the dead, but of the living.” Nor are these the only passages to this effect; but there are very many others.

Ἴδωμεν δὴ πρὸ τῶν ἑξῆς εἰ μὴ εὐλόγως ἀποδεχόμεθα τὴν „οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν“ φωνὴν, ᾗ ἐπιφέρεται τὸ „ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει,“. καὶ ἑξῆς αὐτῷ τὸ „οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ.“ καλεῖ δ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀπολογία εἰς βαθύτερόν τινα καὶ ἀπόῤῥητον περὶ θεῶν καὶ κυρίων λόγον. ἐπίσταται γὰρ ἡ θεία γραφὴ τὸν μέγαν εἶναι κύριον παρὰ „πάντας τοὺς θεούς“· ἐν οἷς „θεοὺς“ οὐ τοὺς προσκυνουμένους ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐξακούομεν, ἅτε μαθόντες ὅτι „πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια,“ ἀλλὰ „θεοὺς,“ ὧν οἶδέ τινα συναγωγὴν ὁ προφητικὸς λόγος. καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν τούτους διακρίνοντα καὶ διατασσόμενον ἑκάστῳ τὸ οἰκεῖον αὐτῷ ἔργον. „ὁ θεὸς“ γὰρ „ἔστη ἐν συναγωγῇ θεῶν, ἐν μέσῳ δὲ θεοὺς διακρινεῖ.“ καὶ γάρ ἐστι „θεὸς θεῶν κύριος.“ ος διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ „ἐκάλεσε τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου ἕως δυσμῶν.“ καὶ προστασσόμεθα ἐξομολογεῖσθαι „τῷ θεῷ τῶν θεῶν,“ μαθόντες καὶ τὸ „ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἔστι νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων“· ἅπερ δὴ λέγεται οὐ μόνον διὰ τῶν ἐκκειμένων ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾿ ἄλλων μυρίων.

8.4 Chapter IV

The sacred Scriptures teach us to think, in like manner, of the Lord of lords. For they say in one place, “Give thanks to the God of gods, for His mercy endureth for ever. Give thanks to the Lord of lords, for His mercy endureth for ever;” and in another, “God is King of kings, and Lord of lords.” For Scripture distinguishes between those gods which are such only in name and those which are truly gods, whether they are called by that name or not; and the same is true in regard to the use of the word “lords.” To this effect Paul says, “For though there be that are called gods, whether in heaven or in earth, as there are gods many, and lords many.” But as the God of gods calls whom He pleases through Jesus to his inheritance, “from the east and from the west,” and the Christ of God thus shows His superiority to all rulers by entering into their several provinces, and summoning men out of them to be subject to Himself, Paul therefore, with this in view, goes on to say, “But to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we by Him;” adding, as if with a deep sense of the marvellous and mysterious nature of the doctrine, “Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge.” When he says, “To us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things,” by “us” he means himself and all those who have risen up to the supreme God of gods and to the supreme Lord of lords. Now he has risen to the supreme God who gives Him an entire and undivided worship through His Son—the word and wisdom of God made manifest in Jesus. For it is the Son alone who leads to God those who are striving, by the purity of their thoughts, words, and deeds, to come near to God the Creator of the universe. I think, therefore, that the prince of this world, who “transforms himself into an angel of light,” was referring to this and such like statements in the words, “Him follows a host of gods and demons, arranged in eleven bands.” Speaking of himself and the philosophers, he says, “We are of the party of Jupiter; others belong to other demons.”

Τοιαῦτα καὶ περὶ κυρίου καὶ κυρίων διδάσκουσιν ἡμᾶς ἐξετάζειν καὶ φρονεῖν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι, ὅπου μὲν λέγοντες· „ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ θεῷ τῶν θεῶν, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ· ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ τῶν κυρίων, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ,“ ὅπου δὲ ὅτι ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς „βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόντων καὶ κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων.“ οἶδε δὲ ὁ λόγος θεοὺς τοὺς μέν τινας λεγομένους τοὺς δὲ καὶ ὄντας, εἴτε λεγομένους εἴτε μή· τὸ δ᾿ αὐτὸ διδάσκων καὶ περὶ κυρίων τῶν ὄντων καὶ μὴ λέγει ὁ Παῦλος· „καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ εἰσὶ λεγόμενοι θεοὶ εἴτ᾿ ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτ᾿ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὥσπερ εἰσὶ θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί.“ εἶτ᾿ ἐπεὶ „ὁ τῶν. θεῶν θεὸς“ καλεῖ „ἀπ᾿ ἀνατολῶν“ καὶ „δυσμῶν“ ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μερίδα διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οὓς βούλεται, κύριος δὲ ὢν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δείκνυσιν δι᾿ ὧν ἐπέβη τοῖς πάντων ὁρίοις καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ πάντων ὁρίων καλεῖ ὅτι ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν κυριευόντων διαφέρων· διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιστάμενος ὁ Παῦλός φησι μεθ᾿ ἃ παρεθέμην· „ἀλλ᾿ ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, δι᾿ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἡμεῖς δι᾿ αὐτοῦ.“ θεωρῶν τε θαυμάσιόν τινα καὶ μυστηριώδη λόγον κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐπιφέρει αὐτοῖς· „ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις.“ ἐπὰν δὲ λέγῃ· „ἀλλ᾿ ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, δι᾿ οὗ τὰ πάντα,“ τὸ „ἡμῖν“ λέγει ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἀναβεβηκότων πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν „τῶν θεῶν“ καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι κύριον „τῶν κυρίων.“ ἀναβέβηκε δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν ὁ ἀσχίστως καὶ ἀδιαιρέτως καὶ ἀμερίστως αὐτὸν σέβων διὰ τοῦ μόνου προσάγοντος ἐκείνῳ υἱοῦ, τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ σοφίας ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ θεωρουμένου, τοὺς παντὶ τρόπῳ πειρωμένους ἑαυτοὺς οἰκειῶσαι δι᾿ ἐξαιρέτων λόγων καὶ πράξεων καὶ διανοημάτων [καὶ νοημάτων] τῷ τοῦ παντὸς δημιουργῷ θεῷ. παρὰ ταῦτα δ᾿ οἶμαι καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια τὸν μετασχηματιζόμενον „εἰς ἄγγελον φωτὸς“ ἄρχοντα „τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου“ πεποιηκέναι τὸ „τῷ δὲ ἕπεται στρατιὰ θεῶν τε καὶ δαιμόνων, κατὰ ἕνδεκα μοίρας τεταγμένη.“ ἐν οἷς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων λέγει τό· „μετὰ μὲν Διὸς ἡμεῖς, ἄλλοι δὲ μετὰ ἄλλων δαιμόνων.“

8.5 Chapter V

Whilst there are thus many gods and lords, whereof some are such in reality, and others are such only in name, we strive to rise not only above those whom the nations of the earth worship as gods, but also beyond those spoken of as gods in Scripture, of whom they are wholly ignorant who are strangers to the covenants of God given by Moses and by our Saviour Jesus, and who have no part in the promises which He has made to us through them. That man rises above all demon-worship who does nothing that is pleasing to demons; and he rises to a blessedness beyond that of those whom Paul calls “gods,” if he is enabled, like them, or in any way he may, “to look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are unseen.” And he who considers that “the earnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God, not willingly, but by reason of him who subjected the same in hope,” whilst he praises the creature, and sees how “it shall be freed altogether from the bondage of corruption, and restored to the glorious liberty of the children of God,”—such a one cannot be induced to combine with the service of God the service of any other, or to serve two masters. There is therefore nothing seditious or factious in the language of those who hold these views, and who refuse to serve more masters than one. To them Jesus Christ is an all-sufficient Lord, who Himself instructs them, in order that when fully instructed He may form them into a kingdom worthy of God, and present them to God the Father. But indeed they do in a sense separate themselves and stand aloof from those who are aliens from the commonwealth of God and strangers to His covenants, in order that they may live as citizens of heaven, “coming to the living God, and to the city of God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels, to the general assembly and Church of the first-born, which are written in heaven.”

Πολλῶν τοίνυν λεγομένων ἢ ὄντων θεῶν ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κυρίων, ἡμεῖς πάντα πράττομεν, ἵν᾿ οὐ μόνα τὰ προσκυνούμενα ὡς θεοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἔθνεσιν ὑπεραναβῶμεν ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ οὕς φασιν αἱ γραφαὶ θεοὺς, περὶ ὧν οὐδὲν ἴσασιν οἱ „ξένοι τῶν“ διὰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ ἡμῶν „διαθηκῶν“ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀλλότριοι τῶν διὰ τούτων δηλουμένων ἐπαγγελιῶν αὐτοῦ. ὑπεραναβαίνει δὲ τὴν παρὰ πᾶσι δαιμονίοις δουλείαν ὁ μηδὲν ἔργον δαιμονίοις φίλον ποιῶν, καὶ ὑπεραναβαίνει τὴν μερίδα τῶν παρὰ Παύλῳ λεγομένων εἶναι θεῶν ὁ σκοπῶν, εἴτε ὡς ἐκεῖνοι εἴθ᾿ ὅπως ποτὲ ἔχει τὰ πράγματα, οὐ „τὰ βλεπόμενα ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα“· καὶ ὁρῶν τις, τίνα τρόπον καὶ „ἡ τῆς κτίσεως ἀποκαραδοκία τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται,“ „οὐχ ἑκοῦσα ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι,“ εὐφημῶν τὴν κτίσιν καὶ βλέπων, τίνα τρόπον „ἐλευθερωθήσεται“ πᾶσα „ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς“ καὶ καταντήσεται „εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ,“ οὐ περισπᾶται πρὸς (τὸ) τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἄλλῳ τινὶ δουλεύειν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸ „δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν.“

οὐ στάσεως οὖν φωνὴ ἐπὶ τοῖς νοήσασι τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ μὴ θέλουσι „δουλεύειν“ πλείοσι „κυρίοις,“ διὰ τοῦτο ἀρκουμένοις κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ, παιδεύοντι ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ τοὺς δουλεύοντας αὐτῷ, ἵν᾿ αὐτοὺς πεπαιδευμένους παραδῷ γενομένους „βασιλείαν“ ἀξίαν θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποσχίζουσι καὶ ἀποῤῥηγνύουσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων „τῆς πολιτείας“ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ξένων „τῶν διαθηκῶν“ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα „τὸ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πολίτευμα“ πολιτεύσωνται, προσερχόμενοι θεῷ ζῶντι „καὶ πόλει θεοῦ, Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων, ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανῷ.“

8.6 Chapter VI

But when we refuse to serve any other than God through His word and wisdom, we do so, not as though we would thereby be doing any harm or injury to God, in the same way as injury would be done to a man by his servant entering into the service of another, but we fear that we ourselves should suffer harm by depriving ourselves of our portion in God, through which we live in the participation of the divine blessedness, and are imbued with that excellent spirit of adoption which in the sons of the heavenly Father cries, not with words, but with deep effect in the inmost heart, “Abba, Father.” The Lacedæmonian ambassadors, when brought before the king of Persia, refused to prostrate themselves before him, when the attendants endeavoured to compel them to do so, out of respect for that which alone had authority and lordship over them, namely, the law of Lycurgus. But they who have a much greater and diviner embassy in “being ambassadors for Christ” should not worship any ruler among Persians, or Greeks or Egyptians, or of any nation whatever, even although their officers and ministers, demons and angels of the devil, should seek to compel them to do so, and should urge them to set at nought a law which is mightier than all the laws upon earth. For the Lord of those who are “ambassadors for Christ” is Christ Himself, whose ambassadors they are, and who is “the Word, who was in the beginning, was with God, and was God.”

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ὡς βλαπτομένου τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς δοκεῖ βλάπτεσθαι ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ τοῦ καὶ ἄλλῳ παρ᾿ αὐτὸν δουλεύοντος, ἐκκλίνομεν τὸ δουλεύειν ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα ἡμεῖς μὴ βλαβῶμεν ἑαυτοὺς χωρίζοντες τῆς τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ μερίδος, ὡς οἰκείως αὐτοῦ τῇ μακαριότητι ζῶντας πνεύματι ἐξαιρέτῳ υἱοθεσίας“· ὅ ἐστιν ἐν υἱοῖς τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς, οὐ λεξείδια ἀλλὰ πράγματα μεγαλοφώνως κατὰ τὸ κρυπτὸν φθεγγομένοις τὸ „Ἀββὰ ὁ πατήρ.“ Λακεδαιμονίων μὲν οὖν οἱ πρέσβεις τὸν Περσῶν βασιλέα. καίτοι προσαναγκαζόντων σφόδρα τῶν δορυφόρων. οὐ προσεκύνησαν φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κύριον αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον· οἱ δὲ τὴν πολλῷ μείζονα καὶ θειοτέραν πρεσβείαν „ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ“ πρεσβεύοντες οὔτε τὸν Περσῶν ἄρχοντα οὔτε τὸν Ἑλλήνων οὔτε τὸν Αἰγυπτίων οὔτε τὸν οὑτινοσοῦν ἔθνους προσκυνήσαιεν ἂν, κἂν οἱ δορυφόροι τῶν ἀρχόντων δαίμονες καὶ τοῦ διαβόλου ἄγγελοι προσαναγκάζειν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλωσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν καὶ πείθωσι μακρὰν χαίρειν λέγειν τῷ παντὸς νόμου τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κρείττονι. κύριος γὰρ τῶν „ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ“ πρεσβευόντων ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν, ὑπὲρ οὗ πρεσβεύουσιν, ὁ „ἐν ἀρχῇ“ λόγος ὢν καὶ „πρὸς τὸν θεὸν“ ὢν καὶ „θεὸς“ ὤν.

8.7 Chapter VII

But when Celsus speaks of heroes and demons, he starts a deeper question than he is aware of. For after the statement which he made in regard to service among men, that “the first master is injured when any of his servants wishes at the same time to serve another,” he adds, that “the same holds true of heroes, and other demons of that kind.” Now we must inquire of him what nature he thinks those heroes and demons possess of whom he affirms that he who serves one hero may not serve another, and he who serves one demon may not serve another, as though the former hero or demon would be injured in the same way as men are injured when they who serve them first afterwards give themselves to the service of others. Let him also state what loss he supposes those heroes or demons will suffer. For he will be driven either to plunge into endless absurdities, and first repeat, then retract his previous statements; or else to abandon his frivolous conjectures, and confess that he understands nothing of the nature of heroes and demons. And in regard to his statement, that men suffer injury when the servant of one man enters the service of a second master, the question arises: “What is the nature of the injury which is done to the former master by a servant who, while serving him, wishes at the same time to serve another?”

Εἶτ᾿ ἐπεὶ ἔδοξε τῶν φαινομένων αὐτῷ βαθύτερόν τινα κινεῖν λόγον ὁ Κέλσος περὶ ἡρώων καί τινων δαιμόνων, λέγων μετὰ τὸν περὶ τῆς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δουλείας λόγον, ὡς βλαπτομένου τοῦ προτέρου, ᾧ τις δουλεύειν βούλεται, ἐὰν δουλεύειν θέλῃ καὶ δευτέρῳ, ὅτι εἴη δ᾿ ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ ἡρώων τε καὶ τῶν τοιούτων δαιμόνων· πευστέον αὐτοῦ, τί νοεῖ τοὺς ἥρωας, καὶ ποδαποὺς εἶναι λέγει τοὺς τοιούτους δαίμονας; ὥστε τὸν δουλεύοντα τῷδε τῷ ἥρωϊ καὶ μὴ ἑτέρῳ δουλεύειν δεῖν, καὶ τῷ τοιῷδε δαίμονι μὴ καὶ ἄλλῳ δουλεύειν· ὡς βλαπτομένου ἀνάλογον τοῖς βλαπτομένοις ἀνθρώποις τοῦ προτέρου δαίμονος, οἷς τις ἐλάτρευσε πρὸ τῶν δευτέρων. ἀλλὰ καὶ τίνα βλάβην οἴεται εἶναι ἡρώων ἢ τῶν τοιῶνδε δαιμόνων, παραστησάτω. ἀναγκασθήσεται γὰρ ἤτοι εἰς πέλαγος φλυαρίας ἐμπεσὼν ἀναλαβεῖν τὸν λόγον καὶ ἀθετῆσαι τὰ εἰρημένα ἢ μὴ φλυαρεῖν θέλων ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι οὔτε ἥρωας οὔτε δαιμόνων φύσιν ἐπίσταται. εἰς δὲ τὸν περὶ ἀνθρώπων λόγον, βλαπτομένων τῶν προτέρων, ἐὰν δουλεύῃ τις δευτέρῳ, λεκτέον· ποίαν βλάβην φησὶ γίνεσθαι τῷ προτέρῳ ἀνθρώπῳ, εἰ ὁ δουλεύων αὐτῷ δουλεύειν ἐθέλει καὶ ἑτέρῳ;

8.8 Chapter VIII

For if he answers, as one who is unlearned and ignorant of philosophy, that the injury sustained is one which regards things that are outside of us, it will be plainly manifest that he knows nothing of that famous saying of Socrates, “Anytus and Melitus may kill me, but they cannot injure me; for it is impossible that the better should ever be injured by the worse.” But if by injury he means a wicked impulse or an evil habit, it is plain that no injury of this kind would befall the wise, by one man serving two wise men in different places. If this sense does not suit his purpose, it is evident that his endeavours are vain to weaken the authority of the passage, “No man can serve two masters;” for these words can be perfectly true only when they refer to the service which we render to the Most High through His Son, who leadeth us to God. And we will not serve God as though He stood in need of our service, or as though He would be made unhappy if we ceased to serve Him; but we do it because we are ourselves benefited by the service of God, and because we are freed from griefs and troubles by serving the Most High God through His only-begotten Son, the Word and Wisdom.

Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἰδιώτης λέγοι καὶ ἀφιλόσοφον βλάβην τὴν περὶ χρημάτων τῶν ἐκτὸς ἡμῖν σημαινομένων, ἐλεγχθείη ἂν μηδ᾿ ἐπιστήσας τῷ ὑπὸ Σωκράτους καλῶς εἰρημένῳ ἐν τῷ· „ἐμὲ δὲ Ἄνυτος καὶ Μέλητος ἀποκτεῖναι μὲν δύνανται, βλάψαι δὲ οὔ· οὐ γὰρ θεμιτὸν τὸ κρεῖττον ὑπὸ τοῦ χείρονος βλάπτεσθαι.“ εἰ δὲ βλάβην τὴν κίνησιν ἢ σχέσιν λέγοι κατὰ κακίαν, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδεμιᾶς γινομένης βλάβης περὶ τοὺς σοφοὺς δουλεύει τις ἐν διεστηκόσι τόποις οὖσι δύο σοφοῖς. εἰ δ᾿ οὐδὲ τοῦτο εὔλογον, μάτην αὐτῷ παρείληπται τὸ παράδειγμα κατηγοροῦν τοῦ „οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν.“ καὶ μᾶλλον ὁ περὶ τῆς (πρὸς) τὸν θεὸν τῶν ὅλων δουλείας μόνον διὰ τοῦ προσάγοντος τῷ θεῷ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ κρατήσει λόγος. ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐχ ὡς δεόμενον τὸν θεὸν θεραπεύσομεν οὐδ᾿ ὡς λυπούμενον, ἂν μὴ θεραπεύωμεν αὐτὸν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς αὐτοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν θεραπείας ὠφελούμενοι καὶ ἄλυποι καὶ ἀπαθεῖς γινόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ δουλεύειν τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ μονογενοῦς αὐτοῦ λόγου καὶ σοφίας.

8.9 Chapter IX

And observe the recklessness of that expression, “For if thou worship any other of the things in the universe,” as though he would have us believe that we are led by our service of God to the worship of any other things which belong to God, without any injury to ourselves. But, as if feeling his error, he corrects the words, “If thou worship any other of the things in the universe,” by adding, “We may honour none, however, except those to whom that right has been given by God.” And we would put to Celsus this question in regard to those who are honoured as gods, as demons, or as heroes: “Now, sir, can you prove that the right to be honoured has been given to these by God, and that it has not arisen from the ignorance and folly of men who in their wanderings have fallen away from Him to whom alone worship and service are properly due? You said a little ago, O Celsus, that Antinous, the favourite of Adrian, is honoured; but surely you will not say that the right to be worshipped as a god was given to him by the God of the universe? And so of the others, we ask proof that the right to be worshipped was given to them by the Most High God.” But if the same question is put to us in regard to the worship of Jesus, we will show that the right to be honoured was given to Him by God, “that all may honour the Son, even as they honour the Father.” For all the prophecies which preceded His birth were preparations for His worship. And the wonders which He wrought—through no magical art, as Celsus supposes, but by a divine power, which was foretold by the prophets—have served as a testimony from God in behalf of the worship of Christ. He who honours the Son, who is the Word and Reason, acts in nowise contrary to reason, and gains for himself great good; he who honours Him, who is the Truth, becomes better by honouring truth: and this we may say of honouring wisdom, righteousness, and all the other names by which the sacred Scriptures are wont to designate the Son of God.

Ὅρα δὲ πῶς ἀβασάνιστόν ἐστι τὸ εἰ γάρ τι καὶ ἄλλο τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις θεραπεύσεις, ἐν ᾧ ἐμφαίνεται τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείαν χωρὶς πάσης βλάβης ἡμῶν ἡμᾶς προσάγειν ἁπαξαπλῶς τινι τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλ᾿ ὡσπερεὶ αἰσθηθεὶς ἑαυτοῦ οὐχ ὑγιῶς εἰπόντος· εἰ γάρ τι καὶ ἄλλο τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις θεραπεύσεις, εἶτ᾿ ἐπαναλαμβάνει καὶ διόρθωσιν προσάγει τῷ λεγομένῳ ἐν τούτῳ· οὐδ᾿ ἔξεστι τιμᾶσθαι οὐδενὶ, ὅτῳ μὴ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦτο δέδοται. καὶ πυθώμεθα τοῦ Κέλσου περὶ τῶν τιμωμένων ὡς θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων ἢ καὶ ἡρώων ὅτι πόθεν, ὦ οὗτος, ἀποδεικνύναι ἔχεις ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τούτοις δέδοται τὸ τιμᾶσθαι καὶ οὐχὶ ἀπὸ ἀγνοίας καὶ ἀμαθίας ἀνθρωπίνης πλανωμένων καὶ ἀποπιπτόντων τοῦ κυρίως τιμωμένου; τιμᾶται γοῦν, ὡς πρὸ βραχέος ἔλεγες, ὦ Κέλσε, τὰ Ἀδριανοῦ παιδικὰ, καὶ οὐ δή που ἐρεῖς ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων δέδοται τὸ τιμᾶσθαι ὡς θεῷ τῷ Ἀντινόῳ. τὸ δ᾿ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐροῦμεν. ἀπαιτοῦντες ἀπόδειξιν περὶ τοῦ δεδόσθαι αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι.

ἐὰν δ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀνθυποφέρῃ τὸ παραπλήσιον περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀποδείξομεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ δέδοται αὐτῷ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι· „ἵνα πάντες τιμῶσι τὸν υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν πατέρα.“ αἱ γὰρ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ προφητεῖαι συστάσεις ἦσαν τῆς τιμῆς αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ γενόμενα παράδοξα οὐ μαγγανείᾳ, ὡς οἴεται Κέλσος, ἀλλὰ θειότητι προειρημένῃ ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν τὴν ἀπὸ θεοῦ εἶχε μαρτυρίαν· ἵν᾿ ὁ „τιμῶν τὸν υἱὸν“ ὄντα λόγον μηδὲν ἄλογον πράττων ὠφελῆται ἐκ τοῦ τιμᾶν αὐτὸν. καὶ τιμῶν αὐτὸν ὄντα ἀλήθειαν κρείττων γίνηται ἀπὸ τοῦ τιμᾶν ἀλήθειαν, οὕτως δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τιμᾶν σοφίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ πάντα, ἅπερ φασὶν εἶναι οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.

8.10 Chapter X

But that the honour which we pay to the Son of God, as well as that which we render to God the Father, consists of an upright course of life, is plainly taught us by the passage, “Thou that makest thy boast of the law, through breaking the law dishonourest thou God?” and also, “Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace?” For if he who transgresses the law dishonours God by his transgression, and he who treads under foot the word treads under foot the Son of God, it is evident that he who keeps the law honours God, and that the worshipper of God is he whose life is regulated by the principles and precepts of the divine word. Had Celsus known who they are who are God’s people, and that they alone are wise,—and who they are who are strangers to God, and that these are all the wicked who have no desire to give themselves to virtue, he would have considered before he gave expression to the words, “How can he who honours any of those whom God acknowledges as His own be displeasing to God, to whom they all belong?”

Ὅτι δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὸν (υἱὸν τοῦ) θεοῦ τιμὴ ἐν βίῳ ὑγιεῖ γίνεται. οὕτως δὲ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ πατέρα, ὅρα εἰ μὴ διδασκόμεθα ἔκ τε τοῦ „ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι, διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως, (τοῦ νόμου) τὸν θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις“ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ „πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καταπατήσας καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος, ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας.“ εἰ γὰρ „διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου“ ἀτιμάζει τὸν θεὸν ὁ παραβαίνων τὸν νόμον, καὶ καταπατεῖ „τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ“ ὁ μὴ καταπατῶν τὸν λόγον· δῆλον ὅτι τιμᾷ μὲν τὸν θεὸν ὁ τηρῶν τὸν νόμον, σέβει δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁ κεκοσμημένος τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. εἰ δὲ ᾔδει Κέλσος, τίνες μέν εἰσι τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι μόνοι οἱ σοφοὶ, τίνες δὲ οἱ ἀλλότριοι, καὶ ὅτι πάντες οἱ φαῦλοι οἱ μηδαμῶς νεύοντες πρὸς ἀρετῆς ἀνάληψιν. εἶδεν ἂν, πῶς δεῖ (λέγειν) τὸ τιμῶν οὖν τις καὶ σέβων τοὺς ἐκείνου πάντας τί λυπεῖ τὸν θεὸν, οὗ πάντες εἰσίν;

8.11 Chapter XI

He adds, “And indeed he who, when speaking of God, asserts that there is only one who may be called Lord, speaks impiously, for he divides the kingdom of God, and raises a sedition therein, implying that there are separate factions in the divine kingdom, and that there exists one who is His enemy.” He might speak after this fashion, if he could prove by conclusive arguments that those who are worshipped as gods by the heathens are truly gods, and not merely evil spirits, which are supposed to haunt statues and temples and altars. But we desire not only to understand the nature of that divine kingdom of which we are continually speaking and writing, but also ourselves to be of those who are under the rule of God alone, so that the kingdom of God may be ours. Celsus, however, who teaches us to worship many gods, ought in consistency not to speak of “the kingdom of God,” but of “the kingdom of the gods.” There are therefore no factions in the kingdom of God, nor is there any god who is an adversary to Him, although there are some who, like the Giants and Titans, in their wickedness wish to contend with God in company with Celsus, and those who declare war against Him who has by innumerable proofs established the claims of Jesus, and against Him who, as the Word, did, for the salvation of our race, show Himself before all the world in such a form as each was able to receive Him.

Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις φησί· καὶ μὴν ὅ γε φάσκων ἕνα εἰρῆσθαι κύριον, περὶ θεοῦ λέγων. ἀσεβεῖ διαιρῶν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ στασιάζων. ὡς οὔσης αἱρέσεως καὶ ὄντος τινὸς ἑτέρου ἀντιστασιώτου αὐτῷ. χώραν δ᾿ εἶχεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα, εἰ γραμμικαῖς ἀποδείξεσι παρίστη τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν προσκυνουμένους ὡς θεοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς νεὼς καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς νομιζομένους τυγχάνειν παρίστη μὴ ὄντας φαύλους τινὰς δαίμονας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλείαν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν συνεχῶς λεγομένην καὶ γεγραμμένην ἡμεῖς μὲν καὶ νοεῖν εὐχόμεθα καὶ τοιοῦτοι γίνεσθαι, ἵν᾿ ὑπὸ θεοῦ μόνου βασιλευώμεθα, καὶ γένηται καὶ ἡμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐκεῖνος δὲ, πολλοὺς ἡμᾶς διδάσκων σέβειν θεοὺς. θεῶν μᾶλλον ὤφειλεν, εἰ τὰ ἀκόλουθα ἑαυτῷ σκοπεῖ. λέγειν βασιλείαν ἤπερ θεοῦ. οὔτ᾿ οὖν αἱρέσεις παρὰ θεῷ οὔτ᾿ ἐστί τις θεὸς ἀντιστασιώτης αὐτῷ, κἂν οἷον Γίγαντές τινες ἢ Τιτᾶνες διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φαυλότητα θεομαχεῖν θέλωσι μετὰ Κέλσου καὶ τῶν ἀραμένων πόλεμον πρὸς τὸν διὰ μυρίων παραστήσαντα τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀθρόως ἑαυτὸν ὄντα λόγον, ὡς ἕκαστος χωρεῖ, ἐπιδεδωκότα.

8.12 Chapter XII

In what follows, some may imagine that he says something plausible against us. “If,” says he, “these people worshipped one God alone, and no other, they would perhaps have some valid argument against the worship of others. But they pay excessive reverence to one who has but lately appeared among men, and they think it no offence against God if they worship also His servant.” To this we reply, that if Celsus had known that saying, “I and My Father are one,” and the words used in prayer by the Son of God, “As Thou and I are one,” he would not have supposed that we worship any other besides Him who is the Supreme God. “For,” says He, “My Father is in Me, and I in Him.” And if any should from these words be afraid of our going over to the side of those who deny that the Father and the Son are two persons, let him weigh that passage, “And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul,” that he may understand the meaning of the saying, “I and My Father are one.” We worship one God, the Father and the Son, therefore, as we have explained; and our argument against the worship of other gods still continues valid. And we do not “reverence beyond measure one who has but lately appeared,” as though He did not exist before; for we believe Himself when He says, “Before Abraham was, I am.” Again He says, “I am the truth;” and surely none of us is so simple as to suppose that truth did not exist before the time when Christ appeared. We worship, therefore, the Father of truth, and the Son, who is the truth; and these, while they are two, considered as persons or subsistences, are one in unity of thought, in harmony and in identity of will. So entirely are they one, that he who has seen the Son, “who is the brightness of God’s glory, and the express image of His person,” has seen in Him who is the image of God, God Himself.

Δόξαι δ᾿ ἄν τις ἑξῆς τούτοις πιθανόν τι καθ᾿ ἡμῶν λέγειν ἐν τῷ· εἰ μὲν δὴ μηδένα ἄλλον ἐθεράπευον οὗτοι πλὴν ἕνα θεὸν, ἦν ἄν τις αὐτοῖς ἴσως πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀτενὴς λόγος· νυνὶ δὲ τὸν ἔναγχος φανέντα τοῦτον ὑπερθρησκεύουσι καὶ ὅμως οὐδὲν πλημμελεῖν νομίζουσι περὶ τὸν θεὸν, εἰ καὶ ὑπηρέτης αὐτοῦ θεραπευθήσεται. λεκτέον δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι, εἴπερ νενοήκει ὁ Κέλσος τὸ „ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν“ καὶ τὸ ἐν εὐχῇ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ „ὡς ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν ἐσμεν,“ οὐκ ἂν ᾤετο ἡμᾶς καὶ ἄλλον θεραπεύειν παρὰ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεόν. „ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ,“ φησὶν, „ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί.“

εἰ δέ τις ἐκ τούτων περισπασθήσεται, μή πῃ αὐτομολῶμεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀναιροῦντας δύο εἶναι ὑποστάσεις, πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν, ἐπιστησάτω τῷ „ἦν δὲ πάντων τῶν πιστευσάντων ἡ καρδία καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία,“ ἵνα θεωρήσῃ τὸ „ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν.“ ἕνα οὖν θεὸν. ὡς ἀποδεδώκαμεν, τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν θεραπεύομεν. καὶ μένει ἡμῖν ὁ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀτενὴς λόγος, καὶ οὐ τὸν ἔναγχός γε φανέντα ὡς πρότερον οὐκ ὄντα ὑπερθρησκεύομεν. αὐτῷ γὰρ πειθόμεθα τῷ εἰπόντι· „πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγώ εἰμι“ καὶ λέγοντι· „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια“· καὶ οὐχ οὕτως τις ἡμῶν ἐστιν ἀνδράποδον, ὡς οἴεσθαι ὅτι ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐσία πρὸ τῶν χρόνων τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπιφανείας οὐκ ἦν. θρησκεύομεν οὖν τὸν πατέρα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὄντα δύο τῇ ὑποστάσει πράγματα, ἓν δὲ τῇ ὁμονοίᾳ καὶ τῇ συμφωνίᾳ καὶ τῇ ταυτότητι τοῦ βουλήματος· ὡς τὸν ἑωρακότα τὸν υἱὸν ὄντα „ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης“ καὶ χαρακτῆρα „τῆς ὑποστάσεως“ τοῦ θεοῦ ἑωρακέναι ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντι εἰκόνι τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν θεόν.

8.13 Chapter XIII

He further supposes, that “because we join along with the worship of God the worship of His Son, it follows that, in our view, not only God, but also the servants of God, are to be worshipped.” If he had meant this to apply to those who are truly the servants of God, after His only-begotten Son,—to Gabriel and Michael, and the other angels and archangels, and if he had said of these that they ought to be worshipped,—if also he had clearly defined the meaning of the word “worship,” and the duties of the worshippers,—we might perhaps have brought forward such thoughts as have occurred to us on so important a subject. But as he reckons among the servants of God the demons which are worshipped by the heathen, he cannot induce us, on the plea of consistency, to worship such as are declared by the word to be servants of the evil one, the prince of this world, who leads astray from God as many as he can. We decline, therefore, altogether to worship and serve those whom other men worship, for the reason that they are not servants of God. For if we had been taught to regard them as servants of the Most High, we would not have called them demons. Accordingly, we worship with all our power the one God, and His only Son, the Word and the Image of God, by prayers and supplications; and we offer our petitions to the God of the universe through His only-begotten Son. To the Son we first present them, and beseech Him, as “the propitiation for our sins,” and our High Priest, to offer our desires, and sacrifices, and prayers, to the Most High. Our faith, therefore, is directed to God through His Son, who strengthens it in us; and Celsus can never show that the Son of God is the cause of any sedition or disloyalty in the kingdom of God. We honour the Father when we admire His Son, the Word, and Wisdom, and Truth, and Righteousness, and all that He who is the Son of so great a Father is said in Scripture to be. So much on this point.

Εἶτ᾿ οἴεται ἐκ τοῦ θρησκεύειν ἡμᾶς μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἀκολουθεῖν ἡμῖν τὸ καὶ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς οὐ μόνον τὸν θεὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ὑπηρέτας αὐτοῦ θεραπεύεσθαι. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐνόει τοὺς ἀληθῶς ὑπηρέτας τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ τὸν μονογενῆ τοῦ θεοῦ. τὸν Γαβριὴλ καὶ τὸν Μιχαὴλ καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀγγέλους [ἀρχαγγέλους]. καὶ τούτους ἔλεγε δεῖν θεραπεύεσθαι. ἴσως ἂν τὸ περὶ τοῦ θεραπεύειν αὐτοῦ σημαινόμενον ἐκκαθήραντες καὶ τῶν τοῦ θεραπεύοντος πράξεων εἴπομεν ἂν εἰς τὸν τόπον ὡς περὶ τηλικούτων διαλεγόμενοι ἅπερ ἐχωροῦμεν περὶ αὐτῶν νοῆσαι· νυνὶ δὲ ὑπηρέτας νομίζων τοὺς προσκυνουμένους ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαίμονας οὐχ ὑπάγει ἡμᾶς ἀκολουθίᾳ τῇ περὶ τοῦ θεραπεύειν τοὺς τοιούτους. οὓς ὑπηρέτας τοῦ πονηροῦ ὁ λόγος ἀποδείκνυσι καὶ ἄρχοντος τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, ἀφιστάντος ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ οὓς ἂν δύνηται. ὡς οὐχ ὑπηρέτας οὖν, οὓς οἱ λοιποὶ ἄνθρωποι σέβουσι, πάντας σέβειν καὶ θεραπεύειν ἐκκλίνομεν· οὐκ ἂν γὰρ ὑπηρέτας αὐτοὺς διδαχθέντες εἶναι τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ ἐλέγομεν εἶναι δαιμόνια. διὸ τὸν ἕνα θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἕνα υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ λόγον καὶ εἰκόνα ταῖς κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν ἱκεσίαις καὶ ἀξιώσεσι σέβομεν, προσάγοντες τῷ θεῷ τῶν ὅλων τὰς εὐχὰς διὰ τοῦ μονογενοῦς αὐτοῦ· ᾧ πρῶτον προσφέρομεν αὐτὰς, ἀξιοῦντες αὐτὸν „ἱλασμὸν“ ὄντα „τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν“ προσαγαγεῖν ὡς ἀρχιερέα τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ τὰς θυσίας καὶ τὰς ἐντεύξεις ἡμῶν τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ. περὶ τὸν θεὸν οὖν ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ ταύτην βεβαιοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἡμῶν ἔχει δεῖξαι στάσιν περὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ Κέλσος. καὶ σέβομέν γε τὸν πατέρα, θαυμάζοντες αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱὸν λόγον καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ πάντα, ἅπερ εἶναι μεμαθήκαμεν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸν γεννηθέντα ἀπὸ τοιούτου του πατρός. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ.

8.14 Chapter XIV

Again Celsus proceeds: “If you should tell them that Jesus is not the Son of God, but that God is the Father of all, and that He alone ought to be truly worshipped, they would not consent to discontinue their worship of him who is their leader in the sedition. And they call him Son of God, not out of any extreme reverence for God, but from an extreme desire to extol Jesus Christ.” We, however, have learned who the Son of God is, and know that He is “the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person,” and “the breath of the power of God, and a pure influence flowing from the glory of the Almighty;” moreover, “the brightness of the everlasting light, the unspotted mirror of the power of God, and the image of His goodness.” We know, therefore, that He is the Son of God, and that God is His father. And there is nothing extravagant or unbecoming the character of God in the doctrine that He should have begotten such an only Son; and no one will persuade us that such a one is not a Son of the unbegotten God and Father. If Celsus has heard something of certain persons holding that the Son of God is not the Son of the Creator of the universe, that is a matter which lies between him and the supporters of such an opinion. Jesus is, then, not the leader of any seditious movement, but the promoter of peace. For He said to His disciples, “Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you;” and as He knew that it would be men of the world, and not men of God, who would wage war against us, he added, “Not as the world giveth peace, do I give peace unto you.” And even although we are oppressed in the world, we have confidence in Him who said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation; but be of good cheer, I have overcome the world.” And it is He whom we call Son of God—Son of that God, namely, whom, to quote the words of Celsus, “we most highly reverence;” and He is the Son who has been most highly exalted by the Father. Grant that there may be some individuals among the multitudes of believers who are not in entire agreement with us, and who incautiously assert that the Saviour is the Most High God; however, we do not hold with them, but rather believe Him when He says, “The Father who sent Me is greater than I.” We would not therefore make Him whom we call Father inferior—as Celsus accuses us of doing—to the Son of God.

Ἐπεὶ δέ φησι πάλιν ὁ Κέλσος ὅτι, εἰ διδάξαις αὐτοὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος ἐκείνου παῖς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκεῖνός γε πάντων πατὴρ, ὃν μόνον ὡς ἀληθῶς δεῖ σέβειν· οὐκ ἂν ἔτι θέλοιεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτον, ὅσπερ ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς τῆς στάσεως ἀρχηγέτης. καὶ ὠνόμασάν γε τοῦτον θεοῦ υἱὸν, οὐχ ὅτι τὸν θεὸν σφόδρα σέβουσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι τοῦτον σφόδρα αὔξουσιν, ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν μαθόντες, τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι „ἀπαύγασμά“ ἐστι „τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ“ καὶ „ἀτμὶς“ μὲν „τῆς θεοῦ δυνάμεως ἀπόῤῥοια δὲ τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος δόξης εἰλικρινὴς“ ἔτι δὲ „ἀπαύγασμα“ „φωτὸς ἀϊδίου καὶ ἔσοπτρον ἀκηλίδωτον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνεργείας καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ,“ ἴσμεν ὅτι οὗτος υἱὸς ἐξ ἐκείνου, καὶ ἐκεῖνος τούτου πατήρ. καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπρεπές ἐστιν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ οὐδὲ ἀνάρμοστον θεῷ, τοιοῦτον υἱὸν μονογενῆ ὑφιστάντι. καὶ οὐκ ἂν μεταπείσηταί τις ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐχ υἱὸς ὁ τοιοῦτος τοῦ ἀγεννήτου θεοῦ ἐστι καὶ πατρός.

εἰ δέ τινων παρήκουσε Κέλσος, μὴ ὁμολογούντων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν εἶναι τοῦ δημιουργήσαντος τόδε τὸ πᾶν, αὐτὸς ἂν εἰδείη καὶ οἱ συγκατατιθέμενοι τοιούτῳ λόγῳ. οὐ στάσεως οὖν ἀρχηγέτης ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀλλὰ πάσης εἰρήνης. ὁ εἰπὼν τοῖς μαθηταῖς· „εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν.“ εἶτ᾿ ἐπείπερ ἠπίστατο τοὺς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ οὐ θεοῦ ἀνθρώπους προσπολεμήσοντας ἡμῖν, προσέθηκεν ἐκείνοις τὸ „οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν εἰρήνην, κἀγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν εἰρήνην.“ θαῤῥοῦμεν δὲ δι᾿ αὐτὸν, κἂν θλιβώμεθα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, εἰπόντα· „ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλῖψιν ἔχετε· ἀλλὰ θαρσεῖτε, ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον.“ καὶ τοῦτόν φαμεν εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ· θεοῦ δὲ, ὃν, εἰ δεῖ ταῖς λέξεσιν ἀκολουθῆσαι Κέλσου, σφόδρα σέβομεν, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ σφόδρα ηὐξημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς γινώσκομεν.

ἔστω δέ τινας ὡς ἐν πλήθει πιστευόντων καὶ δεχομένων διαφωνίαν διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν ὑποτίθεσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα εἶναι τὸν μέγιστον ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν, ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι γε ἡμεῖς τοιοῦτο(ν. οἱ) πειθόμενοι αὐτῷ λέγοντι· „ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με μείζων μου ἐστί“· διόπερ (οὐ)χ ὅν νῦν πατέρα καλοῦμεν ὑποβάλοιμεν (ἂν). ὡς Κέλσος ἡμᾶς συκοφαντῶν (φησι), τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ.

8.15 Chapter XV

Celsus goes on to say: “That I may give a true representation of their faith, I will use their own words, as given in what is called A Heavenly Dialogue: ‘If the Son is mightier than God, and the Son of man is Lord over Him, who else than the Son can be Lord over that God who is the ruler over all things? How comes it, that while so many go about the well, no one goes down into it? Why art thou afraid when thou hast gone so far on the way? Answer: Thou art mistaken, for I lack neither courage nor weapons.’ Is it not evident, then, that their views are precisely such as I have described them to be? They suppose that another God, who is above the heavens, is the Father of him whom with one accord they honour, that they may honour this Son of man alone, whom they exalt under the form and name of the great God, and whom they assert to be stronger than God, who rules the world, and that he rules over Him. And hence that maxim of theirs, ‘It is impossible to serve two masters,’ is maintained for the purpose of keeping up the party who are on the side of this Lord.” Here, again, Celsus quotes opinions from some most obscure sect of heretics, and ascribes them to all Christians. I call it “a most obscure sect;” for although we have often contended with heretics, yet we are unable to discover from what set of opinions he has taken this passage, if indeed he has quoted it from any author, and has not rather concocted it himself, or added it as an inference of his own. For we who say that the visible world is under the government to Him who created all things, do thereby declare that the Son is not mightier than the Father, but inferior to Him. And this belief we ground on the saying of Jesus Himself, “The Father who sent Me is greater than I.” And none of us is so insane as to affirm that the Son of man is Lord over God. But when we regard the Saviour as God the Word, and Wisdom, and Righteousness, and Truth, we certainly do say that He has dominion over all things which have been subjected to Him in this capacity, but not that His dominion extends over the God and Father who is Ruler over all. Besides, as the Word rules over none against their will, there are still wicked beings—not only men, but also angels, and all demons—over whom we say that in a sense He does not rule, since they do not yield Him a willing obedience; but, in another sense of the word, He rules even over them, in the same way as we say that man rules over the irrational animals,—not by persuasion, but as one who tames and subdues lions and beasts of burden. Nevertheless, he leaves no means untried to persuade even those who are still disobedient to submit to His authority. So far as we are concerned, therefore, we deny the truth of that which Celsus quotes as one of our sayings, “Who else than He can be Lord over Him who is God over all?”

Μετὰ ταῦτά φησιν ὁ Κέλσος· ὅτι δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ ταῦ(τα δο)ξάζω, αὐτῶν ἐκείνων φωναῖς χρήσομαι. ἐν γάρ που τῷ οὐρανίῳ διαλόγῳ τῇδέ που λέγουσι τοῖσδε τοῖς ῥήμασιν· „εἰ ἰσχυρότερός ἐστι θεοῦ υἱὸς, καὶ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (καὶ τίς ἄλλος κυριεύσει τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ;) πῶς πολλοὶ περὶ τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ οὐδεὶς εἰς τὸ φρέαρ; διὰ τί τοσαύτην ἀνύων ὁδὸν ἄτολμος εἶ; λανθάνει σε· πάρεστι γάρ μοι θάρσος καὶ μάχαιρα.“ οὕτως οὐ τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς τὸ προκείμενον, τὸν ὑπερουράνιον θεὸν, ἀλλ᾿ ὃν ὑπέθεντο τούτου πατέρα, περὶ ὅν συνῆλθον, σέβειν, ἵν᾿ ἐπὶ προσχήματι μεγάλου θεοῦ τοῦτον, ὃν προΐστανται, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὃν ἀποφαίνουσιν ἰσχυρότερον καὶ κύριον „τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ,“ θρησκεύωσι μόνον. ἔνθεν αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνο τὸ παράγγελμα, τὸ μὴ „δουλεύειν“ δύο „κυρίοις,“ ἵν᾿ ἡ στάσις περὶ ἕνα τοῦτον φυλάσσηται.

καὶ ἐν τούτοις δὴ πάλιν. οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ἀπὸ ποίας αἱρέσεως ἀσημοτάτης ταῦτα λαβὼν, πᾶσι Χριστιανοῖς ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐγκαλεῖ· λέγω δ᾿ ἀσημοτάτης, ὡς μηδ᾿ ἡμῖν εἶναι, τοῖς πολλάκις ἐγγυμνασαμένοις πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων, φανερὰν τὴν γνώμην, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ταῦτα ὁ Κέλσος εἴληφεν· εἴ γε εἴληφε καὶ μὴ ἀνέπλασεν ἢ ἀκολούθησιν προσέθηκε. σαφῶς γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ λέγοντες τοῦ πάντα κτίσαντος καὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον εἶναι, φαμὲν τὸν υἱὸν οὐκ ἰσχυρότερον τοῦ πατρὸς ἀλλ᾿ ὑποδεέστερον. καὶ τοῦτο λέγομεν αὐτῷ πειθόμενοι, εἰπόντι τό· „ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας με μείζων μου ἐστί.“

καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν οὕτως ἐμβρόντητός ἐστιν, ὡς λέγειν· „κύριός“ ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ „ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.“ κρατεῖν δέ φαμεν τὸν σωτῆρα μάλιστα, ὅτε νοοῦμεν αὐτὸν θεὸν λόγον καὶ σοφίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀλήθειαν, πάντων μὲν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων αὐτῷ, καθὸ ταῦτά ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχὶ καὶ τοῦ κρατοῦντος αὐτὸν πατρὸς καὶ θεοῦ. εἶτ᾿ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀκόντων λόγος κρατεῖ, εἰσὶ δέ τινες ἔτι φαῦλοι οὐ μόνον ἄνθρωποι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄγγελοι καὶ πάντες δαίμονες, τούτων φαμὲν αὐτὸν μὴ κρατεῖν μέν πω, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἑκόντες εἴκουσιν αὐτῷ· κατ᾿ ἄλλο δὲ σημαινόμενον τοῦ κρατεῖν καὶ αὐτῶν κρατεῖ (ὡς τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων φαμὲν τὸν ἄνθρωπον κρατεῖν, οὐχ ὑποτάξαντα αὐτῶν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν, ὡς τιθασσεύσας κρατεῖ τινων λεόντων καὶ κτηνῶν δεδαμασμένων), πλὴν πάντα ποιεῖ, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς νυνὶ μὴ πειθομένους αὐτῷ πείσας κρατήσῃ καὶ αὐτῶν. καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς οὖν ψεῦδος τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλσου λεγόμενον ὡς ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀπαγγελλόμενον τό· „τίς ἄλλος κυριεύσει τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ“;

8.16 Chapter XVI

The remaining part of the extract given by Celsus seems to have been taken from some other form of heresy, and the whole jumbled together in strange confusion: “How is it, that while so many go about the well, no one goes down into it? Why dost thou shrink with fear when thou hast gone so far on the way? Answer: Thou art mistaken, for I lack neither courage nor weapons.” We who belong to the Church which takes its name from Christ, assert that none of these statements are true. For he seems to have made them simply that they might harmonize with what he had said before; but they have no reference to us. For it is a principle with us, not to worship any god whom we merely “suppose” to exist, but Him alone who is the Creator of this universe, and of all things besides which are unseen by the eye of sense. These remarks of Celsus may apply to those who go on another road and tread other paths from us,—men who deny the Creator, and make to themselves another god under a new form, having nothing but the name of God, whom they esteem higher than the Creator; and with these may be joined any that there may be who say that the Son is greater than the God who rules all things. In reference to the precept that we ought not to serve two masters, we have already shown what appears to us the principle contained in it, when we proved that no sedition or disloyalty could be charged against the followers of Jesus their Lord, who confess that they reject every other lord, and serve Him alone who is the Son and Word of God.

Εἶτ᾿ οἶμαι πάλιν φύρων τὰ πράγματα ἀπὸ ἄλλης αἱ(ρέσ)εως φέρει τὸ „(πῶς) πολλοὶ περὶ τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ οὐδεὶς εἰς τὸ φρέαρ“; καὶ τὸ „διὰ τί τοσαύτην (ἀν)ύων ὁδὸν ἄτολμος εἶ; λανθάνει σε“ καὶ τὸ „πάρεστι γάρ μοι θάρσος καὶ μάχαιρα“· (ὧ)ν ἡμεῖς οὐδὲν, οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπωνύμου Χριστοῦ ἐκκλησίας μόνου, φαμὲν εἶναι ἀλη(θές.) ταῦτα δὴ προειπὼν δοκεῖ ἀκόλουθα ἑαυτῷ λέγειν τὰ οὐδὲν ὄντα πρὸς ἡμᾶς. ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ τὸ προκείμενόν ἐστιν οὐκ ἐξ ὑποθέσεώς τινα σέβειν θεὸν ἀλλὰ τὸν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς καὶ ἄλλου οὑτινοσοῦν μὴ αἰσθητοῦ μηδὲ δεικνυμένου δημιουργόν· εἴσονται δὲ οἱ „ἄλλην ὁδὸν“ καὶ „ἄλλα κέλευθα“ βαδίζοντες καὶ τοῦτον μὲν ἀρνούμενοι καινοειδεῖ δὲ ἀναπλάσματι καὶ ὀνόματι μόνον θεοῦ ἑαυτοὺς ὡς μείζονι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἐπιδεδωκότες, καὶ εἴ τις ἄρ᾿ ἐστὶ λέγων ἰσχυρότερον εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν καὶ κύριον „τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ.“

ἀποδεδώκαμεν δὲ τὸν φαινόμενον ἡμῖν λόγον εἰς τὸ μὴ δεῖν „δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν,“ ὅτε καὶ παρεστήσαμεν μηδεμίαν στάσιν περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ κύριον ἀποδείκνυσθαι δύνασθαι ἐν τοῖς ὁμολογοῦσιν ὑπεραναβεβηκέναι μὲν πάντα κύριον μόνῳ δὲ κυρίῳ δουλεύειν τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ θεοῦ.

8.17 Chapter XVII

Celsus then proceeds to say that “we shrink from raising altars, statues, and temples; and this,” he thinks, “has been agreed upon among us as the badge or distinctive mark of a secret and forbidden society.” He does not perceive that we regard the spirit of every good man as an altar from which arises an incense which is truly and spiritually sweet-smelling, namely, the prayers ascending from a pure conscience. Therefore it is said by John in the Revelation, “The odours are the prayers of saints;” and by the Psalmist, “Let my prayer come up before Thee as incense.” And the statues and gifts which are fit offerings to God are the work of no common mechanics, but are wrought and fashioned in us by the Word of God, to wit, the virtues in which we imitate “the First-born of all creation,” who has set us an example of justice, of temperance, of courage, of wisdom, of piety, and of the other virtues. In all those, then, who plant and cultivate within their souls, according to the divine word, temperance, justice, wisdom, piety, and other virtues, these excellences are their statues they raise, in which we are persuaded that it is becoming for us to honour the model and prototype of all statues: “the image of the invisible God,” God the Only-begotten. And again, they who “put off the old man with his deeds, and put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that hath created him,” in taking upon them the image of Him who hath created them, do raise within themselves a statue like to what the Most High God Himself desires. And as among statuaries there are some who are marvellously perfect in their art, as for example Pheidias and Polycleitus, and among painters, Zeuxis and Apelles, whilst others make inferior statues, and others, again, are inferior to the second-rate artists,—so that, taking all together, there is a wide difference in the execution of statues and pictures,—in the same way there are some who form images of the Most High in a better manner and with a more perfect skill; so that there is no comparison even between the Olympian Jupiter of Pheidias and the man who has been fashioned according to the image of God the Creator. But by far the most excellent of all these throughout the whole creation is that image in our Saviour who said, “My Father is in Me.”

Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Κέλσος φησὶν ἡμᾶς βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα καὶ νεὼς ἱδρύεσθαι φεύγειν, ἐπεὶ τὸ πιστὸν ἡμῖν ἀφανοῦς καὶ ἀποῤῥήτου κοινωνίας οἴεται εἶναι σύνθημα· οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι βωμοὶ μέν εἰσιν ἡμῖν τὸ ἑκάστου τῶν δικαίων ἡγεμονικὸν, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἀναπέμπεται ἀληθῶς καὶ νοητῶς εὐώδη „θυμιάματα,“ „προσευχαὶ“ ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως καθαρᾶς. διὸ λέγεται παρὰ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει· „τὰ δὲ θυμιάματά εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων“ καὶ παρὰ τῷ ὑμνῳδῷ· „γενηθήτω ἡ προσευχή μου ὡς θυμίαμα ἐνώπιόν δου.“

ἀγάλματα δὲ καὶ πρέποντα θεῷ ἀναθήματα, οὐχ ὑπὸ βαναύσων τεχνιτῶν κατεσκευασμένα· ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ λόγου θεοῦ τρανούμενα καὶ μορφούμενα ἐν ἡμῖν. αἱ ἀρεταὶ, μιμήματα τυγχάνουσαι τοῦ πρωτοτόκου „πάσης κτίσεως.“ ἐν ᾧ ἐστι δικαιοσύνης καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ ἀνδρείας καὶ σοφίας καὶ εὐσεβείας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν παραδείγματα. ἐν πᾶσιν οὖν ἐστι, τοῖς κατὰ τὸν θεῖον λόγον σωφροσύνην ἑαυτοῖς κατασκευάσασι καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀνδρείαν καὶ σοφίαν καὶ εὐσέβειαν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν τὰ κατασκευάσματα, ἀγάλματα· οἷς πρέπον εἶναι πεπείσμεθα τιμᾶσθαι τὸ πρωτότυπον πάντων ἀγαλμάτων. τὴν εἰκόνα „τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου.“ τὸν μονογενῆ θεόν. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἐκδυόμενοι „τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνδυόμενοι τὸν νέον. τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτὸν,“ τὸ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος“ εἶναι ἀναλαμβάνοντες. ἀγάλματα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ποιοῦσιν, ὁποῖα βούλεται ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸς, ἐκείνου.

ὥσπερ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγαλματοποιῶν οἱ μέν τινες εἰσὶ θαυμαστῶς κατορθοῦντες τὸ ἔργον, ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν Φειδίας ἢ Πολύκλειτος ἢ ζωγράφοι Ζεῦξις καὶ Ἀπελλῆς, ἕτεροι δὲ ἔλαττον τούτων ἀγαλματοποιοῦσι, καὶ ἄλλοι ἔτι καὶ τῶν δευτέρων ἔλαττον, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πολλὴ διαφορά ἐστι τῆς τῶν ἀγαλμάτων καὶ εἰκόνων κατασκευῆς· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οἱ μέν τινες εἰσὶ ποιοῦντες ἀγάλματα τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ βέλτιον καὶ κατὰ τελείαν ἐπιστήμην, ὡς μηδεμίαν εἶναι σύγκρισιν τοῦ ὑπὸ Φειδίου κατασκευασθέντος Ὀλυμπίου Διὸς πρὸς τὸν κατασκευασθέντα „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος“ θεοῦ· πάντων δὲ τῶν ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ κτίσει πολλῷ βέλτιον καὶ ὑπερέχον ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ σωτῆρι ἡμῶν, τῷ λέγοντι· „ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί.“

8.18 Chapter XVIII

And every one who imitates Him according to his ability, does by this very endeavour raise a statue according to the image of the Creator, for in the contemplation of God with a pure heart they become imitators of Him. And, in general, we see that all Christians strive to raise altars and statues as we have described them and these not of a lifeless and senseless kind and not to receive greedy spirits intent upon lifeless things, but to be filled with the Spirit of God who dwells in the images of virtue of which we have spoken, and takes His abode in the soul which is conformed to the image of the Creator. Thus the Spirit of Christ dwells in those who bear, so to say, a resemblance in form and feature to Himself. And the Word of God, wishing to set this clearly before us, represents God as promising to the righteous, “I will dwell in them, and walk among them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people.” And the Saviour says, “If any man hear My words, and do them, I and My Father will come to him, and make Our abode with him.” Let any one, therefore, who chooses compare the altars which I have described with those spoken of by Celsus, and the images in the souls of those who worship the Most High God with the statues of Pheidias, Polycleitus, and such like, and he will clearly perceive, that while the latter are lifeless things, and subject to the ravages of time, the former abide in the immortal spirit as long as the reasonable soul wishes to preserve them.

Καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ δὲ τῶν κατὰ δύναμιν ἐκεῖνον καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μιμησαμένων ἐστὶν ἄγαλμα τὸ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος,“ ὅπερ κατασκευάζουσι τῷ ἐνορᾶν θεῷ καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ, „μιμηταὶ“ γενόμενοι „τοῦ θεοῦ.“ καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντες Χριστιανοὶ ὁποίους εἴπομεν βωμοὺς καὶ ὁποῖα παρεστήσαμεν ἀγάλματα πειρῶνται ἱδρύεσθαι, οὐκ ἄψυχα καὶ ἀναίσθητα οὐδὲ δαιμόνων λίχνων ἐφεδρευόντων τοῖς ἀψύχοις δεκτικὰ ἀλλὰ πνεύματος θεοῦ, τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀγάλμασι τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῷ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος“ ὡς οἰκείοις ἐπιδημοῦντος· οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῖς, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, συμμόρφοις ἐφιζάνει. καὶ τοιαῦτά γε βουλόμενος παραστῆσαι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἀνέγραψε τὸν μὲν θεὸν ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῖς δικαίοις λέγοντα· „ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν θεὸς, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μου λαὸς,“ τὸν δὲ σωτῆρα· „ἐάν τις ἀκούῃ μου τοὺς λόγους καὶ ποιῇ αὐτοὺς, ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἐλευσόμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ μονὴν παρ᾿ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα.“

συνεξεταζέτω οὖν ὁ βουλόμενος βωμοὺς, οὓς διηγησάμην, βωμοῖς οἷς Κέλσος λέγει, καὶ ἀγάλματα ἐν τῇ τῶν εὐσεβούντων εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ψυχῇ ἀγάλμασι Φειδίου καὶ Πολυκλείτου καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων· καὶ σαφῶς εἴσεται ἐκεῖνα μὲν καὶ ἄψυχα εἶναι καὶ χρόνῳ φθειρόμενα, ταῦτα δὲ ἐν τῇ ἀθανάτῳ μένειν ψυχῇ ἐς ὅσον μένειν ἐν αὐτῇ ἡ λογικὴ ψυχὴ βούλεται.

8.19 Chapter XIX

And if, further, temples are to be compared with temples, that we may prove to those who accept the opinions of Celsus that we do not object to the erection of temples suited to the images and altars of which we have spoken, but that we do refuse to build lifeless temples to the Giver of all life, let any one who chooses learn how we are taught, that our bodies are the temple of God, and that if any one by lust or sin defiles the temple of God, he will himself be destroyed, as acting impiously towards the true temple. Of all the temples spoken of in this sense, the best and most excellent was the pure and holy body of our Saviour Jesus Christ. When He knew that wicked men might aim at the destruction of the temple of God in Him, but that their purposes of destruction would not prevail against the divine power which had built that temple, He says to them, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it again.…This He said of the temple of His body.” And in other parts of holy Scripture where it speaks of the mystery of the resurrection to those whose ears are divinely opened, it says that the temple which has been destroyed shall be built up again of living and most precious stones, thereby giving us to understand that each of those who are led by the word of God to strive together in the duties of piety, will be a precious stone in the one great temple of God. Accordingly, Peter says, “Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ;” and Paul also says, “Being built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ our Lord being the chief cornerstone.” And there is a similar hidden allusion in this passage in Isaiah, which is addressed to Jerusalem: “Behold, I will lay thy stones with carbuncles, and lay thy foundations with sapphires. And I will make thy battlements of jasper, and thy gates of crystal, and all thy borders of pleasant stones. And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great shall be the peace of thy children. In righteousness shalt thou be established.”

Εἰ δὲ καὶ ναοὺς ναοῖς δεῖ παραβαλεῖν, ἵνα παραστήσωμεν τοῖς ἀποδεχομένοις τὰ Κέλσου ὅτι νεὼς μὲν ἱδρύεσθαι τοὺς πρέποντας τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀγάλμασι καὶ βωμοῖς οὐ φεύγομεν, ἐκτρεπόμεθα δὲ τῷ πάσης ζωῆς χορηγῷ ἀψύχους καὶ νεκροὺς οἰκοδομεῖν νεώς· ἀκουέτω ὁ βουλόμενος, τίνα τρόπον διδασκόμεθα ὅτι τὰ σώματα ἡμῶν „ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ“ ἐστι, καὶ „εἴ τις“ διὰ τῆς ἀκολασίας ἢ τῆς ἁμαρτίας „φθείρει“ „τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ,“ οὗτος ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀσεβὴς εἰς τὸν ἀληθῆ ναὸν φθαρήσεται. πάντων δὲ τῶν οὕτως ὀνομαζομένων ναῶν κρείττων ἦν καὶ διαφέρων νεὼς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ καθαρὸν σῶμα τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, ὅστις ἐπιστάμενος ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι μὲν δύνασθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν τὸν ναὸν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θεοῦ, οὐ μὴν ὥστε ἰσχυροτέραν εἶναι τὴν τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων προαίρεσιν τῆς τὸν νεὼν οἰκοδομούσης θειότητος, φησὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους· „λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, κἀγὼ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν.“ τοῦτο δὲ „ἔλεγε περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ.“

καὶ ἄλλως δὲ οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι τὰ περὶ ἀναστάσεως μυστικῶς διδάσκοντες τοὺς δυναμένους ἀκούειν θειοτέρᾳ ἀκοῇ λόγων θεοῦ, ἀνοικοδομηθήσεσθαί (φασι) λίθοις ζῶσι καὶ τιμιωτάτοις· αἰνιττόμενοι ὅτι ἕκαστος τῶν συμπνεόντων διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν εὐσέβειαν λίθος ἐστὶ τίμιος τοῦ παντὸς ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. καθὸ ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ Πέτρου λέγεται· „ὑμεῖς δὲ οἰκοδομεῖσθε λίθοι ζῶντες καὶ οἶκος πνευματικὸς εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον, ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,“ ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Παύλου τό· „οἰκοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν. ὄντος ἀκρογωνιαίου λίθου αὐτοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.“ τοιοῦτον δέ τινα μυστικὸν ἔχει νοῦν καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ λέξις. οὕτως ἔχουσα καὶ λεγομένη ὡς πρὸς τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ· „ἰδοὺ ἑτοιμάζω σοι ἄνθρακα τὸν λίθον σου καὶ τὰ θεμέλιά σου σάπφειρον, καὶ θήσω τὰς ἐπάλξεις σου ἴασπιν καὶ τὰς πύλας σου λίθους κρυστάλλου καὶ τὸν περίβολόν σου λίθους ἐκλεκτοὺς, καὶ πάντας τοὺς υἱούς σου διδακτοὺς θεοῦ· καὶ ἐν πολλῇ εἰρήνῃ τὰ τέκνα σου, καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ οἰκοδομηθήσῃ.“

8.20 Chapter XX

There are, then, among the righteous some who are carbuncles, others sapphires, others jaspers, and others crystals, and thus there is among the righteous every kind of choice and precious stone. As to the spiritual meaning of the different stones,—what is their nature, and to what kind of soul the name of each precious stone especially applies,—we cannot at present stay to examine. We have only felt it necessary to show thus briefly what we understand by temples, and what the one Temple of God built of precious stones truly means. For as if in some cities a dispute should arise as to which had the finest temples, those who thought their own were the best would do their utmost to show the excellence of their own temples and the inferiority of the others,—in like manner, when they reproach us for not deeming it necessary to worship the Divine Being by raising lifeless temples, we set before them our temples, and show to such at least as are not blind and senseless, like their senseless gods, that there is no comparison between our statues and the statues of the heathen, nor between our altars, with what we may call the incense ascending from them, and the heathen altars, with the fat and blood of the victims; nor, finally, between the temples of senseless gods, admired by senseless men, who have no divine faculty for perceiving God, and the temples, statues, and altars which are worthy of God. It is not therefore true that we object to building altars, statues, and temples, because we have agreed to make this the badge of a secret and forbidden society; but we do so, because we have learnt from Jesus Christ the true way of serving God, and we shrink from whatever, under a pretence of piety, leads to utter impiety those who abandon the way marked out for us by Jesus Christ. For it is He who alone is the way of piety, as He truly said, “I am the way, the truth, the life.”

Εἰσὶν οὖν τινες τῶν δικαίων ἄνθραξ λίθος καὶ ἄλλοι σάπφειρος καὶ ἄλλοι ἴασπις καὶ ἄλλοι κρύσταλλος· καὶ οὕτω πᾶν γένος ἐκλεκτῶν καὶ τιμίων λίθων εἰσὶν οἱ δίκαιοι. τὸν δὲ περὶ λίθων νοῦν καὶ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῶν λόγον. καὶ εἰς ποδαπὰς ψυχὰς ἀναφέρεσθαι δύναται ἐκ τοῦ τιμίου λίθου τὸ ὄνομα, οὐ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρόν ἐστι διηγήσασθαι· μόνον δ᾿ ἐχρῆν ὑπομνησθῆναι ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον τοῦ βουλήματος τῶν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ναῶν καὶ ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐκ λίθων τιμίων νεὼ τοῦ θεοῦ. ὥσπερ γὰρ, εἰ ἐπὶ τοῖς νομιζομένοις ναοῖς ἕκαστοι κατὰ τὰς σφῶν πόλεις ἐσεμνύνοντο πρὸς τοὺς ἑτέρους, ἔλεγον ἂν οἱ ἐπὶ τοῖς τιμιωτέροις ναοῖς μέγα φρονοῦντες τὰ ἐξαίρετα τῶν ἰδίων εἰς ἔλεγχον τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων· οὕτως πρὸς τοὺς ἐγκαλοῦντας ἡμῖν, ἐπεὶ μὴ νομίζομεν δεῖν σέβειν τὸ θεῖον παρ᾿ ἀναισθήτοις ναοῖς, ἀντιπαραλαμβάνομεν τοὺς καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ναοὺς καὶ δείκνυμεν τοῖς γε μὴ ἀναισθήτοις μηδὲ παραπλησίοις τοῖς ἀναισθήτοις θεοῖς αὐτῶν ὅτι οὐδεμία σύγκρισίς ἐστιν οὔτε τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀγαλμάτων πρὸς τὰ ἀγάλματα τῶν ἐθνῶν οὔτε τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν βωμῶν καὶ τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, θυμιαμάτων πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνων βωμοὺς καὶ τὰς παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς κνίσσας καὶ αἵματα ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀποδεδομένων ναῶν πρὸς τοὺς ναοὺς τῶν ἀναισθήτων, ὑπὸ αναισθήτων ἀνθρώπων θαυμαζομένων καὶ μηδὲ φαντασιωθέντων τὴν θείαν αἴσθησιν, ᾗ αἰσθάνεταί τις θεοῦ καὶ τῶν τούτου ἀγαλμάτων καὶ ναῶν καὶ βωμῶν, πρεπόντων θεῷ.

οὐκ εἰς τὸ πιστὸν οὖν ἀφανοῦς καὶ ἀποῤῥήτου κοινωνίας καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτο σύνθημα φεύγομεν βωμοὺς καὶ ἀγάλματα καὶ νεὼς ἱδρύεσθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι εὑρόντες διὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίαν τὸν τρόπον τῆς εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβείας φεύγομεν τὰ φαντασίᾳ εὐσεβείας ἀσεβεῖς ποιοῦντα τοὺς ἐσφαλμένους ἀπὸ τῆς διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐσεβείας· ὅς ἐστι μόνος „ὁδὸς“ εὐσεβείας, ἀληθῶς λέγων τό· „ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή.“

8.21 Chapter XXI PG 11, 1549

Let us see what Celsus further says of God, and how he urges us to the use of those things which are properly called idol offerings, or, still better, offerings to demons, although, in his ignorance of what true sanctity is, and what sacrifices are well-pleasing to God, he call them “holy sacrifices.” His words are, “God is the God of all alike; He is good, He stands in need of nothing, and He is without jealousy. What, then, is there to hinder those who are most devoted to His service from taking part in public feasts. I cannot see the connection which he fancies between God’s being good, and independent, and free from jealousy, and His devoted servants taking part in public feasts. I confess, indeed, that from the fact that God is good, and without want of anything, and free from jealousy, it would follow as a consequence that we might take part in public feasts, if it were proved that the public feasts had nothing wrong in them, and were grounded upon true views of the character of God, so that they resulted naturally from a devout service of God. If, however, the so-called public festivals can in no way be shown to accord with the service of God, but may on the contrary be proved to have been devised by men when occasion offered to commemorate some human events, or to set forth certain qualities of water or earth, or the fruits of the earth,—in that case, it is clear that those who wish to offer an enlightened worship to the Divine Being will act according to sound reason, and not take part in the public feasts. For “to keep a feast,” as one of the wise men of Greece has well said, “is nothing else than to do one’s duty;” and that man truly celebrates a feast who does his duty and prays always, offering up continually bloodless sacrifices in prayer to God. That therefore seems to me a most noble saying of Paul, “Ye observe days, and months, and times, and years. I am afraid of you, lest I have bestowed upon you labour in vain.”

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς Κέλσῳ λεγόμενα περὶ θεοῦ. καὶ ὡς προτρέπει ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὡς μὲν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εἰδωλοθύτων χρῆσιν ἢ. ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, δαιμονιοθύτων, ὡς δ᾿ αὐτὸς προσαγορεύσαι ἂν, ἅτε μὴ εἰδὼς, τί τὸ ἀληθῶς ἱερὸν, καὶ ποδαπαὶ αἱ παρὰ τούτῳ θυσίαι, ἱεροθύτων. ἃ δὲ λέγει, τοιαῦτά ἐστιν· ὅ γε μὴν θεὸς ἅπασι κοινὸς, ἀγαθός τε καὶ ἀπροσδεὴς καὶ ἔξω φθόνου· τί οὖν κωλύει τοὺς μάλιστα καθωσιωμένους αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν δημοτελῶν ἑορτῶν μεταλαμβάνειν; οὐκ οἶδα δὲ τί φαντασθεὶς οἴεται ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀπροσδεῆ καὶ ἔξω φθόνου τὸ τοὺς καθωσιωμένους αὐτῷ μεταλαμβάνειν τῶν δημοτελῶν ἑορτῶν. καί φημι ὅτι ἠκολούθει μὲν τῷ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀπροσδεῆ καὶ ἔξω φθόνου τὸ αὐτῶν τῶν δημοτελῶν μεταλαμβάνειν ἑορτῶν, εἰ ἀπεδείκνυτο ὅτι αἱ δημοτελεῖς ἑορταὶ οὐδὲν μὲν ἔχουσιν ἐσφαλμένον ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς περὶ θεοῦ θεωρίας ἐνομοθετήθησαν ὡς ἀκόλουθοι τῇ εἰς αὐτὸν θεραπείᾳ καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ.

εἰ μέντοι αἱ δημοτελεῖς μέχρι ὀνόματος ἑορταὶ μηδένα λόγον ἔχουσιν ἀποδεικτικὸν, ὡς ἁρμόζουσαι τῇ εἰς τὸ θεῖον θεραπείᾳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐλέγχοιντο οὖσαι ἀναπλάσματα τῶν ὅπως ποτὲ ἔτυχε διά τινας ἱστορίας ἀνθρωπικὰς ταῦτα νομοθετησάντων ἢ καὶ φυσιολογίας περὶ ὕδατος η γῆς ἢ τῶν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καρπῶν δοκούντων περιέχειν, δῆλον ὅτι οἱ τὸ θεῖον ἐξητασμένως σέβειν θέλοντες εὔλογόν τι πράττοιεν, μὴ μεταλαμβάνοντες τῶν δημοτελῶν ἑορτῶν. „ἑορτὴ“ γὰρ, ὥς φησι τὶς καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν σοφῶν καλῶς λέγων. „οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ τὸ τὰ δέοντα πράττειν“· καὶ ἑορτάζει γε κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ὁ „τὰ δέοντα“ πράττων, ἀεὶ εὐχόμενος, διὰ παντὸς θύων τὰς ἀναιμάκτους ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον εὐχαῖς θυσίας. διὸ καὶ μεγαλοφυέστατά μοι δοκεῖ παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ εἰρῆσθαι τό· „ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε καὶ μῆνας καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἐνιαυτούς; φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς.“

8.22 Chapter XXII PG 11, 1551

If it be objected to us on this subject that we ourselves are accustomed to observe certain days, as for example the Lord’s day, the Preparation, the Passover, or Pentecost, I have to answer, that to the perfect Christian, who is ever in his thoughts, words, and deeds serving his natural Lord, God the Word, all his days are the Lord’s, and he is always keeping the Lord’s day. He also who is unceasingly preparing himself for the true life, and abstaining from the pleasures of this life which lead astray so many,—who is not indulging the lust of the flesh, but “keeping under his body, and bringing it into subjection,”—such a one is always keeping Preparation-day. Again, he who considers that “Christ our Passover was sacrificed for us,” and that it is his duty to keep the feast by eating of the flesh of the Word, never ceases to keep the paschal feast; for the pascha means a “passover,” and he is ever striving in all his thoughts, words, and deeds, to pass over from the things of this life to God, and is hastening towards the city of God. And, finally, he who can truly say, “We are risen with Christ,” and “He hath exalted us, and made us to sit with Him in heavenly places in Christ,” is always living in the season of Pentecost; and most of all, when going up to the upper chamber, like the apostles of Jesus, he gives himself to supplication and prayer, that he may become worthy of receiving “the mighty wind rushing from heaven,” which is powerful to destroy sin and its fruits among men, and worthy of having some share of the tongue of fire which God sends.

Ἐὰν δέ τις πρὸς ταῦτα ἀνθυποφέρῃ τὰ περὶ τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν κυριακῶν ἢ παρασκευῶν ἢ τοῦ Πάσχα ἢ τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς δι᾿ ἡμερῶν γινόμενα, λεκτέον καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὅτι ὁ μὲν τέλειος, ἀεὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ὢν καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ τοῖς διανοήμασι τοῦ τῇ φύσει κυρίου λόγου θεοῦ. ἀεί ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις καὶ ἀεὶ ἄγει κυριακὰς ἡμέρας· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ παρασκευάζων ἑαυτὸν πρὸς τὸ ἀληθινῶς ζῆν καὶ ἀπεχόμενος τῶν τοῦ βίου ἡδέων καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀπατώντων καὶ μὴ τρέφων „τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς“ ἀλλ᾿ ὑπωπιάζων αὑτοῦ „τὸ σῶμα“ καὶ δουλαγωγῶν ἀεὶ ἄγει τὰς παρασκευάς. ἔτι δὲ ὁ νοήσας ὅτι „τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ἐτύθη Χριστὸς,“ καὶ χρὴ ἑορτάζειν ἐσθίοντα τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ λόγου, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε οὐ ποιεῖ τὸ πάσχα, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται διαβατήρια, διαβαίνων ἀεὶ τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ πράξει ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ βίου πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτοῦ σπεύδων. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ ὁ δυνάμενος μετ᾿ ἀληθείας λέγειν· „συνανέστημεν τῷ Χριστῷ“ ἀλλὰ καὶ τό· „συνήγειρε καὶ συνεκάθισεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἐν Χριστῷ“ ἀεί ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς ἡμέραις, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε καὶ „εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον“ ὡς οἱ ἀπόστολοι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀναβὰς σχολάζει τῇ δεήσει καὶ „τῇ προσευχῇ,“ ὡς ἄξιος γενέσθαι τῆς „φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας“ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, βιαζομένης ἐξαφανίσαι τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις κακίαν καὶ τὰ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς, ἄξιος δὲ καί τινος μερισμοῦ γλώσσης ἀπὸ θεοῦ πυρίνης.

8.23 Chapter XXIII PG 11, 1551

But the majority of those who are accounted believers are not of this advanced class; but from being either unable or unwilling to keep every day in this manner, they require some sensible memorials to prevent spiritual things from passing altogether away from their minds. It is to this practice of setting apart some days distinct from others, that Paul seems to me to refer in the expression, “part of the feast;” and by these words he indicates that a life in accordance with the divine word consists not “in a part of the feast,” but in one entire and never ceasing festival. Again, compare the festivals, observed among us as these have been described above, with the public feasts of Celsus and the heathen, and say if the former are not much more sacred observances than those feasts in which the lust of the flesh runs riot, and leads to drunkenness and debauchery. It would be too long for us at present to show why we are required by the law of God to keep its festivals by eating “the bread of affliction,” or “unleavened with bitter herbs,” or why it says, “Humble your souls,” and such like. For it is impossible for man, who is a compound being, in which “the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh,” to keep the feast with his whole nature; for either he keeps the feast with his spirit and afflicts the body, which through the lust of the flesh is unfit to keep it along with the spirit, or else he keeps it with the body, and the spirit is unable to share in it. But we have for the present said enough on the subject of feasts.

Ὁ δὲ πολὺς τῶν πιστεύειν δοκούντων καὶ μὴ τηλικοῦτος δεῖται ὑπομνήσεως χάριν, μὴ βουλόμενος ἢ μὴ δυνάμενος πάσας τοιαύτας ἄγειν ἡμέρας, αἰσθητῶν παραδειγμάτων, ἵνα μὴ τέλεον παραῤῥυῇ. τοιαῦτα δ᾿ οἶμαι τὸν Παῦλον νενοηκότα μέρος μὲν „ἑορτῆς“ ὠνομακέναι τὴν ἐν ἡμέραις τεταγμέναις παρ᾿ ἑτέρας ἑορτὴν, ᾐνίχθαι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ οὕτως λελεγμένου ὅτι οὐκ „ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς“ ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ὁλοκλήρῳ καὶ ἀδιαλείπτῳ ἐστὶν ἑορτῇ ὁ ἀεὶ βίος κατὰ τὸν θεῖον λόγον. ὅρα οὖν πάλιν κἀκ τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ ἑορτῶν τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν, συνεξεταζομένων ταῖς δημοτελέσι τοῦ Κέλσου καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἑορταῖς, εἰ μὴ μακρῷ σεμνότεραί εἰσιν αὗται αἱ ἑορταὶ τῶν δημοτελῶν, ἐν αἷς „τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς“ ἑορτάζον ἐξυβρίζει ἐπὶ μέθας καὶ ἀκολασίας ἐκτρεπόμενον.

πολὺ δ᾿ ἂν εἴη νῦν λέγειν, διὰ τί αἱ κατὰ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον ἑορταὶ „ἄρτον κακώσεως“ διδάσκουσιν ἐσθίειν ἢ „ἄζυμα μετὰ πικρίδων,“ ἢ ὅτι φασί· „ταπεινώσατε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν“ ἤ τι τούτοις παραπλήσιον. οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατόν ἐστι τὸν σύνθετον ἄνθρωπον, ὅσον ἔτι „ἡ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς,“ ἐξ ὅλων ἑορτάζειν· ἢ γὰρ ἑορτάζων τις τῷ πνεύματι κακοῖ τὸ σῶμα, μὴ πεφυκὸς διὰ „τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς“ ἑορτάζειν μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, ἢ ἑορτάζων κατὰ σάρκα οὐ χωρεῖ καὶ τὴν κατὰ πνεῦμα ἑορτήν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ ταῦτα εἰς τὸν περὶ ἑορτῶν λόγον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος.

8.24 Chapter XXIV

Let us now see on what grounds Celsus urges us to make use of the idol offerings and the public sacrifices in the public feasts. His words are, “If these idols are nothing, what harm will there be in taking part in the feast? On the other hand, if they are demons, it is certain that they too are God’s creatures, and that we must believe in them, sacrifice to them according to the laws, and pray to them that they may be propitious.” In reference to this statement, it would be profitable for us to take up and clearly explain the whole passage of the first Epistle to the Corinthians, in which Paul treats of offerings to idols. The apostle draws from the fact that “an idol is nothing in the world,” the consequence that it is injurious to use things offered to idols; and he shows to those who have ears to hear on such subjects, that he who partakes of things offered to idols is worse than a murderer, for he destroys his own brethren, for whom Christ died. And further, he maintains that the sacrifices are made to demons; and from that he proceeds to show that those who join the table of demons become associated with the demons; and he concludes that a man cannot both be a partaker of the table of the Lord and of the table of demons. But since it would require a whole treatise to set forth fully all that is contained on this subject in the Epistle to the Corinthians, we shall content ourselves with this brief statement of the argument; for it will be evident to any one who carefully considers what has been said, that even if idols are nothing, nevertheless it is an awful thing to join in idol festivals. And even supposing that there are such beings as demons to whom the sacrifices are offered, it has been clearly shown that we are forbidden to take part in these festivals, when we know the difference between the table of the Lord and the table of demons. And knowing this, we endeavour as much as we can to be always partakers of the Lord’s table, and beware to the utmost of joining at any time the table of demons.

Ἴδωμεν δὲ οἷς χρῆται ὁ Κέλσος λόγοις, προτρέπων ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ τὰς δημοτελεῖς ἐν δημοτελέσιν ἑορταῖς θυσίας. ἃ δὲ λέγει τοιαῦτά ἐστιν· εἰ μὲν οὐδὲν ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ εἴδωλα, τί δεινὸν κοινωνῆσαι τῆς πανθοινίας; εἰ δ᾿ εἰσί τινες δαίμονες. δηλονότι καὶ οὗτοι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν, οἷς καὶ πιστευτέον καὶ καλλιερητέον κατὰ νόμους καὶ προσευκτέον, ἵν᾿ εὐμενεῖς ὦσι. χρήσιμον δ᾿ εἰς ταῦτα ὅλον τὸν περὶ „εἰδωλοθύτων“ λόγον, εἰρημένον παρὰ τῷ Παύλῳ ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ, λαβεῖν εἰς χεῖρας καὶ σαφηνίσαι· ἐν ᾧ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν εἶναι „εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ“ ἀπαντῶν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ χρῆσθαι τοῖς εἰδωλοθύτοις βλάβην κατεσκεύασεν, ἀποδεικνὺς τοῖς ἀκούειν τῶν ἐκεῖ δυναμένοις ὅτι πάντως οὐ φονέως χεῖρόν τι πράττει ὁ τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων μεταλαμβάνων, ἀπολλὺς τοὺς αὑτοῦ ἀδελφοὺς. δι᾿ οὓς „Χριστὸς ἀπέθανε.“ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τιθεὶς δαιμονίοις θύεσθαι τὰ θυόμενα. παρίστησι „κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι“ τοὺς μεταλαμβάνοντας „δαιμονίων τραπέζης“· παρίστησί τε ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τὸν αὐτὸν „τραπέζης κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ τραπέζης δαιμόνων.“

ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ ὅλης συντάξεως χρῄζει διὰ πλειόνων ἀποδεικνυμένης ἡ περὶ τούτων εἰς τὴν πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολὴν διήγησις, ἀρκεσθησόμεθα καὶ τοῖς ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον ἀποδεδομένοις· ἐν οἷς τῷ ἐξετάζοντι αὐτὰ φανεῖται ὅτι, κἂν μηδὲν ᾖ τὰ εἴδωλα, οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ οὕτω δεινόν ἐστι τὸ κοινωνῆσαι τῆς τῶν εἰδώλων πανθοινίας. εἴρηται μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν μετρίως καὶ εἰς τὸ, κἂν ὦσί τινες δαίμονες, οἷς τὰ θυόμενα θύεται, μὴ δεῖν ἡμᾶς αὐτῶν μεταλαμβάνειν τοὺς ἐπισταμένους διαφορὰν „τραπέζης κυρίου“ καὶ „τραπέζης δαιμονίων“ καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐπίστασθαι πάντα μὲν πράττοντας. ἵνα „τραπέζης κυρίου“ ἀεὶ μετέχωμεν, παντὶ δὲ τρόπῳ φυλαττομένους, ἵνα μηδέ ποτε κοινωνοὶ „τραπέζης“ γενώμεθα τῶν „δαιμονίων.“

8.25 Chapter XXV

Celsus says that “the demons belong to God, and are therefore to be believed, to be sacrificed to according to laws, and to be prayed to that they may be propitious.” Those who are disposed to learn, must know that the word of God nowhere says of evil things that they belong to God, for it judges them unworthy of such a Lord. Accordingly, it is not all men who bear the name of “men of God,” but only those who are worthy of God,—such as Moses and Elias, and any others who are so called, or such as resemble those who are so called in Scripture. In the same way, all angels are not said to be angels of God, but only those that are blessed: those that have fallen away into sin are called “angels of the devil,” just as bad men are called “men of sin,” “sons of perdition,” or “sons of iniquity.” Since, then, among men some are good and others bad, and the former are said to be God’s and the latter the devil’s, so among angels some are angels of God, and others angels of the devil. But among demons there is no such distinction, for all are said to be wicked. We do not therefore hesitate to say that Celsus is false when he says, “If they are demons, it is evident that they must also belong to God.” He must either show that this distinction of good and bad among angels and men has no foundation, or else that a similar distinction may be shown to hold among demons. If that is impossible, it is plain that demons do not belong to God; for their prince is not God, but, as holy Scripture says, “Beelzebub.”

Ἐπεὶ δέ φησιν ἐν τούτοις ὁ Κέλσος ὅτι καὶ οἱ δαίμονές εἰσι τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πιστευτέον ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς καὶ καλλιερητέον κατὰ νόμους καὶ προσευκτέον, ἵν᾿ εὐμενεῖς ὦσι, διδακτέον καὶ περὶ τούτου τοὺς βουλομένους ὅτι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος οὐδὲν τῶν φαύλων ἀναγορεύειν βούλεται κτῆμα θεοῦ τυγχάνειν, ἀνάξιον αὐτὸ κρίνων τηλικούτου κυρίου. διόπερ οὐ πάντες μὲν ἄνθρωποι χρηματίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι θεοῦ, μόνοι δὲ οἱ ἄξιοι τοῦ θεοῦ· ὁποῖος ἦν Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλίας, καὶ εἴ τις, ἄλλος ἀναγέγραπται „ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ“ ἢ παραπλήσιός ἐστι τοῖς ἀναγεγραμμένοις. οὕτως δὲ καὶ οὐ πάντες ἄγγελοι „ἄγγελοι“ λέγονται εἶναι „τοῦ θεοῦ“ ἀλλὰ μόνοι οἱ μακάριοι, οἱ δ᾿ ἐκτραπέντες ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν ἄγγελοι τοῦ διαβόλου ὀνομάζονται, ὥσπερ οἱ φαῦλοι ἄνθρωποι ἄνθρωποι ἁμαρτίας ἢ υἱοὶ λοιμοὶ ἢ υἱοὶ ἀδικίας. ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ ἄνθρωποι οἱ μέν εἰσι σπουδαῖοι οἱ δὲ φαῦλοι, διὸ καὶ οἱ μὲν „τοῦ θεοῦ“ οἱ δὲ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι λέγονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ „ἄγγελοι“ οἱ μὲν „τοῦ θεοῦ“ οἱ δὲ τοῦ πονηροῦ, δαίμονες δὲ οὐκέτι διχῶς, πάντες γὰρ ἀποδείκνυνται εἶναι φαῦλοι· διὰ τοῦτο φήσομεν ψευδῆ εἶναι τὸν Κέλσου· λόγον εἰπόντος τό· εἰ δ᾿ εἰσί τινες δαίμονες. δηλονότι καὶ οὗτοι τοῦ θεοῦ· ἢ δεικνύτω ὁ βουλόμενος μὴ λόγον ὑγιῆ εἶναι τὴν περὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀγγέλων διαίρεσιν, ἢ λόγον ἔχοντα παραπλήσιον δύνασθαι ἀποδείκνυσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ δαιμόνων.

Εἰ δὲ τοῦτ᾿ ἀμήχανον, δῆλον ὅτι οὔτε τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν οἱ δαίμονες· οὐ γὰρ ἄρχων αὐτῶν ὁ θεὸς ἀλλ᾿, ὥς φασιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι, ὁ „Βεελζεβούλ“·

8.26 Chapter XXVI

And we are not to believe in demons, although Celsus urges us to do so; but if we are to obey God, we must die, or endure anything, sooner than obey demons. In the same way, we are not to propitiate demons; for it is impossible to propitiate beings that are wicked and that seek the injury of men. Besides, what are the laws in accordance with which Celsus would have us propitiate the demons? For if he means laws enacted in states, he must show that they are in agreement with the divine laws. But if that cannot be done, as the laws of many states are quite inconsistent with each other, these laws, therefore, must of necessity either be no laws at all in the proper sense of the word, or else the enactments of wicked men; and these we must not obey, for “we must obey God rather than men.” Away, then, with this counsel, which Celsus gives us, to offer prayer to demons: it is not to be listened to for a moment; for our duty is to pray to the Most High God alone, and to the Only-begotten, the First-born of the whole creation, and to ask Him as our High Priest to present the prayers which ascend to Him from us, to His God and our God, to His Father and the Father of those who direct their lives according to His word. And as we would have no desire to enjoy the favour of those men who wish us to follow their wicked lives, and who give us their favour only on condition that we choose nothing opposed to their wishes, because their favour would make us enemies of God, who cannot be pleased with those who have such men for their friends,—in the same way those who are acquainted with the nature, the purposes, and the wickedness of demons, can never wish to obtain their favour.

οὔτε πιστευτέον δαίμοσι, κἂν Κέλσος ἐπὶ τούτους ἡμᾶς παρακαλῇ. ἀλλ᾿ ἀποθανητέον πρὶν πεισθῆναι δαίμοσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν ὑπομενετέον πειθόμενον θεῷ. οὕτως δὲ οὐδὲ καλλιερητέον δαίμοσι· καὶ γὰρ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τοῖς φαύλοις καὶ ἀνθρώπων κακωτικοῖς καλλιερεῖν. ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ ποίους νόμους ἡμᾶς βούλεται Κέλσος καλλιερεῖν τοῖς δαίμοσιν; εἰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς κειμένους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, κατασκευαζέτω ὅτι συνᾴδουσι τοῖς θείοις νόμοις· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ δύναται (οὐ γὰρ κἂν ἀλλήλοις ταὐτὰ λέγουσιν οἱ τῶν πολλῶν πόλεων νόμοι), δηλονότι οὐδὲ κυρίως νόμους ἢ φαύλων νόμους, οἷς οὐ πιστευτέον· „πειθαρχεῖν“ γὰρ „δεῖ μᾶλλον θεῷ ἢ ἀνθρώποις.“

ἄπαγε δὴ τὴν τοῦ Κέλσου συμβουλὴν, λέγοντος προσευκτέον εἶναι δαίμοσι, καὶ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν ἀκουστέον αὐτῆς· μόνῳ γὰρ προσευκτέον τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ, καὶ προσευκτέον γε τῷ μονογενεῖ καὶ πρωτοτόκῳ „πάσης κτίσεως“ λόγῳ θεοῦ. καὶ ἀξιωτέον αὐτὸν ὡς ἀρχιερέα τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν φθάσασαν ἡμῶν εὐχὴν ἀναφέρειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ θεὸν ἡμῶν καὶ πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πατέρα τῶν βιούντων κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. ὥσπερ δὲ οὐκ ἂν βουλοίμεθα εὐμενεῖς ἔχειν ἀνθρώπους τοὺς βουλομένους ἡμᾶς βιοῦν κατὰ τὴν αὐτῶν κακίαν. ἐὰν μηδενὶ τυγχάνωσιν ὄντες εὐμενεῖς τῶν τὰ ἐναντία αὐτοῖς αἱρουμένων. ἐπεὶ ἡ εὐμένεια αὐτῶν ἐχθροὺς ἡμᾶς ποιεῖ θεῷ. τάχα μὴ γινομένῳ εὐμενεῖ τοῖς θέλουσι τοὺς τοιούτους ἔχειν εὐμενεῖς· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οἱ νοήσαντες δαιμόνων φύσιν καὶ προαίρεσιν καὶ κακίαν οὐκ ἄν ποτε βούλοιντο εὐμενεῖς ἔχειν τοὺς δαίμονας.

8.27 Chapter XXVII

And Christians have nothing to fear, even if demons should not be well-disposed to them; for they are protected by the Supreme God, who is well pleased with their piety, and who sets His divine angels to watch over those who are worthy of such guardianship, so that they can suffer nothing from demons. He who by his piety possesses the favour of the Most High, who has accepted the guidance of Jesus, the “Angel of the great counsel,” being well contented with the favour of God through Christ Jesus, may say with confidence that he has nothing to suffer from the whole host of demons. “The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear? The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be afraid? Though an host should encamp against me, my heart shall not fear.” So much, then, in reply to those statements of Celsus: “If they are demons, they too evidently belong to God, and they are to be believed, to be sacrificed to according to the laws, and prayers are to be offered to them that they may be propitious.”

Οὐδὲ γὰρ. κἂν μὴ ὦσιν αὐτοῖς εὐμενεῖς οἱ δαίμονες, πάσχειν ἄν τι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν δύναιντο. φρουρούμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ εὐμενοῦς αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς θείους αὐτοῦ ἀγγέλους ἐφιστάντος τοῖς ἀξίοις τοῦ φρουρεῖσθαι. ἵνα μηδὲν πάσχωσιν ἀπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων. ὁ δ᾿ ἔχων τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν διὰ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσέβειαν εὐμενῆ καὶ διὰ τὸ τὸν τῆς „μεγάλης βουλῆς“ ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ παραδεδέχθαι κύριον Ἰησοῦν, ἀρκούμενος τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ εὐμενείᾳ λέγοι ἂν θαῤῥῶν ὡς οὐδὲν πεισόμενος ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ τῶν δαιμόνων στρατοπέδου· „κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου, τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου. ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω;“ ἐρεῖ δὲ καὶ τό· „ἐὰν παρατάξηται ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ παρεμβολὴ, οὐ φοβηθήσεται ἡ καρδία μου.“ τοσαῦτα καὶ εἰς τὸ εἰ δ᾿ εἰσί τινες δαίμονες. δηλονότι καὶ οὗτοι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσι (ν. οἷς) καὶ πιστευτέον καὶ καλλιερητέον κατὰ νόμους καὶ προσευκτέον. ἵν᾿ εὐμενεῖς ὦσιν.

8.28 Chapter XXVIII

We shall now proceed to the next statement of Celsus, and examine it with care: “If in obedience to the traditions of their fathers they abstain from such victims, they must also abstain from all animal food, in accordance with the opinions of Pythagoras, who thus showed his respect for the soul and its bodily organs. But if, as they say, they abstain that they may not eat along with demons, I admire their wisdom, in having at length discovered, that whenever they eat they eat with demons, although they only refuse to do so when they are looking upon a slain victim; for when they eat bread, or drink wine, or taste fruits, do they not receive these things, as well as the water they drink and the air they breathe, from certain demons, to whom have been assigned these different provinces of nature?” Here I would observe that I cannot see how those whom he speaks of as abstaining from certain victims, in accordance with the traditions of their fathers, are consequently bound to abstain from the flesh of all animals. We do not indeed deny that the divine word does seem to command something similar to this, when to raise us to a higher and purer life it says, “It is good neither to eat flesh, nor to drink wine, nor anything whereby thy brother stumbleth, or is offended, or is made weak;” and again, “Destroy not him with thy meat, for whom Christ died;” and again, “If meat make my brother to offend, I will eat no flesh while the world standeth, lest I make my brother to offend.”

Ἐκθέμενοι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς λέξιν φέρε πάλιν κατὰ δύναμιν αὐτὴν ἐξετάσωμεν οὕτως ἔχουσαν· εἰ μὲν δὴ κατά τι πάτριον ἱερείων τινῶν ἀπέχονται τῶν τοιῶνδε, πάντως ἀφεκτέον καὶ ζῴων ἁπάντων βρώσεως· ᾗ περ καὶ Πυθαγόρᾳ δοκεῖ, ψυχὴν τιμῶντι καὶ τὰ ταύτης ὄργανα. εἰ δ᾿. ὅπερ φασὶν, ὅπως μὴ συνεστιῶνται δαίμοσι. μακαρίζω τῆς σοφίας αὐτοὺς. ὅτι βραδέως συνιᾶσιν ὄντες ἀεὶ συνέστιοι δαιμόνων· καὶ τότε δὴ μόνον φυλάσσονται τοῦτο, ὁπόταν ἱερεῖον θυόμενον βλέπωσιν· ὅταν δὲ σῖτον ἐσθίωσι καὶ οἶνον πίνωσι καὶ ἀκροδρύων γεύωνται καὶ αὐτὸ ὕδωρ καὶ αὐτὸν ἀέρα ἀναπνέωσιν, οὐκ ἄρα παρά τινων δαιμόνων ἕκαστα τούτων λαμβάνουσιν, οἷς κατὰ μέρη τὸ ἐπιμελὲς ἑκάστῳ προστέτακται; οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ἐν τούτοις ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖν δεῖν ἀπέχεσθαι πάντων ζῴων βρώσεως τοὺς, οὓς ὠνόμασε κατά τι πάτριον ἔθος ἱερείων τινῶν ἀπεχομένους. καὶ οὐ τοῦτό φαμεν, ὡς καὶ μὴ τοιαῦτα ὑποβάλλοντος τοῦ θείου λόγου, καὶ τοῦ ἀσφαλεστέρου βίου καὶ καθαρωτέρου ἕνεκεν εἰπόντος· „καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει“ καὶ πάλιν· „μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανε,“ καὶ πάλιν· „εἰ σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου κρέα, οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω.“

8.29 Chapter XXIX

But it is to be observed that the Jews, who claim for themselves a correct understanding of the law of Moses, carefully restrict their food to such things as are accounted clean, and abstain from those that are unclean. They also do not use in their food the blood of an animal nor the flesh of an animal torn by wild beasts, and some other things which it would take too long for us at present to detail. But Jesus, wishing to lead all men by His teaching to the pure worship and service of God, and anxious not to throw any hindrance in the way of many who might be benefited by Christianity, through the imposition of a burdensome code of rules in regard to food, has laid it down, that “not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man, but that which cometh out of the mouth; for whatsoever entereth in at the mouth goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught. But those things which proceed out of the mouth are evil thoughts when spoken, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies.” Paul also says, “Meat commendeth us not to God: for neither, if we eat, are we the better; neither, if we eat not, are we the worse.” Wherefore, as there is some obscurity about this matter, without some explanation is given, it seemed good to the apostles of Jesus and the elders assembled together at Antioch, and also, as they themselves say, to the Holy Spirit, to write a letter to the Gentile believers, forbidding them to partake of those things from which alone they say it is necessary to abstain, namely, “things offered to idols, things strangled, and blood.”

Ἰστέον μέντοι γε ὅτι, Ἰουδαίων οἰομένων νοεῖν τὸν Μωϋσέως νόμον καὶ τηρούντων ἐπὶ τῶν βρωμάτων τὸ μεταλαμβάνειν μὲν τῶν νενομισμένων αὐτοῖς καθαρῶν ἀπέχεσθαι δὲ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ χρῆσθαι αἵματι ζῴου εἰς τροφὴν μηδὲ τοῖς θηριαλώτοις καὶ ἄλλοις, περὶ ὧν πολὺς λόγος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο νῦν οὐκ εὔκαιρος ἐξετασθῆναι, ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλία, βουλομένη πάντας ἀνθρώπους προσκαλέσασθαι εἰς τὴν καθαρὰν θεοσέβειαν καὶ μὴ προφάσει τῆς περὶ βρωμάτων βαρυτέρας νομοθεσίας κωλύειν πολλοὺς τῶν δυναμένων ὠφεληθῆναι εἰς ἤθη ἀπὸ χριστιανισμοῦ, ἀπεφήνατο ὅτι „οὐ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐξερχόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος“· τὰ μὲν γὰρ „εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν,“ φησὶ, „χωρεῖ καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται,“ τὰ δ᾿ ἐξιόντα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος „διαλογισμοί“ εἰσι „πονηροὶ“ λαλούμενοι καὶ „φόνοι“ καὶ „μοιχεῖαι“ καὶ „πορνεῖαι κλοπαί“ τε καὶ „ψευδομαρτυρίαι“ καὶ „βλασφημίαι.“ φησὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι „βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ· οὔτε γὰρ ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν, οὔτ᾿ ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα.“ εἶτ᾿ ἐπεὶ ἔχει τινὰ ἀσάφειαν ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ τύχῃ διαρθρώσεως, „ἔδοξε τοῖς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς“ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ συναχθεῖσιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ „πρεσβυτέροις“ καὶ, ὡς αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ὠνόμασαν, καὶ „τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι“ γράψαι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύουσιν ἐπιστολὴν, μόνα, ὡς ὠνόμασαν, „ἐπάναγκες“ ἀπαγορεύουσαν ἐσθίειν· ταῦτα δ᾿ ἐστὶ τὰ ητοι εἰδωλόθυτα ἢ τὰ πνικτὰ ἢ τὸ αἷμα.

8.30 Chapter XXX

For that which is offered to idols is sacrificed to demons, and a man of God must not join the table of demons. As to things strangled, we are forbidden by Scripture to partake of them, because the blood is still in them; and blood, especially the odour arising from blood, is said to be the food of demons. Perhaps, then, if we were to eat of strangled animals, we might have such spirits feeding along with us. And the reason which forbids the use of strangled animals for food is also applicable to the use of blood. And it may not be amiss, as bearing on this point, to recall a beautiful saying in the writings of Sextus, which is known to most Christians: “The eating of animals,” says he, “is a matter of indifference; but to abstain from them is more agreeable to reason.” It is not, therefore, simply an account of some traditions of our fathers that we refrain from eating victims offered to those called gods or heroes or demons, but for other reasons, some of which I have here mentioned. It is not to be supposed, however, that we are to abstain from the flesh of animals in the same way as we are bound to abstain from all race and wickedness: we are indeed to abstain not only from the flesh of animals, but from all other kinds of food, if we cannot partake of them without incurring evil, and the consequences of evil. For we are to avoid eating for gluttony, or for the mere gratification of the appetite, without regard to the health and sustenance of the body. We do not believe that souls pass from one body to another, and that they may descend so low as to enter the bodies of the brutes. If we abstain at times from eating the flesh of animals, it is evidently, therefore, not for the same reason as Pythagoras; for it is the reasonable soul alone that we honour, and we commit its bodily organs with due honours to the grave. For it is not right that the dwelling-place of the rational soul should be cast aside anywhere without honour, like the carcases of brute beasts; and so much the more when we believe that the respect paid to the body redounds to the honour of the person who received from God a soul which has nobly employed the organs of the body in which it resided. In regard to the question, “How are the dead raised up, and with what body do they come?” we have already answered it briefly, as our purpose required.

Τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἰδωλόθυτον θύεται δαιμονίοις, καὶ οὐ χρὴ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον κοινωνὸν „τραπέζης δαιμονίων“ γίνεσθαι· τὰ δὲ πνικτὰ τοῦ αἵματος μὴ ἐκκριθέντος, ὅπερ φασὶν εἶναι τροφὴν δαιμόνων. τρεφομένων ταῖς ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀναθυμιάσεσιν. ἀπαγορεύει ὁ λόγος, ἵνα μὴ τραφῶμεν τροφῇ δαιμόνων. τάχα τινῶν τοιούτων πνευμάτων συντραφησομένων ἡμῖν, ἐὰν μεταλαμβάνωμεν τῶν πνικτῶν. ἐκ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων περὶ τῶν „πνικτῶν“ σαφὲς εἶναι δύναται τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀποχῆς τοῦ „αἵματος.“ καὶ οὐκ ἀπίθανόν γε γενόμενόν με κατὰ τοὺς τόπους ὑπομνησθῆναι χαριεστάτης γνώμης, ᾗ καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀναγεγραμμένῃ ἐν ταῖς Σέξτου γνώμαις ἐντυγχάνουσιν, οὕτως ἐχούσῃ· „ἐμψύχων χρῆσις μὲν ἀδιάφορον, ἀποχὴ δὲ λογικώτερον.“ οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὖν κατά τι πάτριον τῶν νομιζομένων ἱερείων εἶναι καὶ θυομένων παρὰ τοῖς λεγομένοις θεοῖς ἢ ἥρωσιν ἢ δαίμοσιν ἀπεχόμεθα ἀλλὰ διὰ λόγους πλείονας, ὧν ἀπὸ μέρους ἐξεθέμην τινάς. ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐχ, ὥσπερ ἀφεκτέον πάσης κακίας καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας, καὶ ζῴων ἁπάντων βρώσεως. ἀφεκτέον δὲ οὐ μόνον ζῴων βρώσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν, εἰ ἀπὸ κακίας καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας χρησαίμεθα τοῖς βρώμασιν· ἀφεκτέον γὰρ τοῦ ἐσθίειν κατὰ γαστριμαργίαν ἢ καθὸ ἄγεσθαι ὑφ᾿ ἡδονῆς χωρὶς τῆς εἰς ὑγείαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ θεραπείαν αὐτοῦ προθέσεως.

οὐδαμῶς μέντοι γε λέγοντες μετενσωμάτωσιν εἶναι ψυχῆς καὶ κατάπτωσιν αὐτῆς μέχρι τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων δηλονότι οὐδ᾿ ὁμοίως Πυθαγόρᾳ. κἂν ἀπεχώμεθά ποτε ζῴων, οὐ χρησόμεθα αὐτῶν ταῖς σαρξί. ψυχὴν γὰρ λογικὴν τιμᾶν μόνην ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν καὶ τὰ ταύτης ὄργανα μετὰ τιμῆς παραδιδόναι κατὰ τὰ νενομισμένα ταφῇ· ἄξιον γὰρ τὸ τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς οἰκητήριον μὴ παραῤῥιπτεῖν ἀτίμως καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν ὁμοίως τῷ τῶν ἀλόγων, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε οἱ (Χριστιανοὶ) τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ σώματος, ἔνθα λογικὴ ψυχὴ ᾤκησε, πεπιστεύκασι καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν φθάσαι δεξάμενον καλῶς ἀγωνισαμένην διὰ τοιούτου ὀργάνου ψυχήν. περὶ δὲ τοῦ „πῶς οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ ποίῳ σώματι ἔρχονται;“ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω δι᾿ ὀλίγων. ὡς ἀπῄτει ἡ γραφὴ, παρεστήσαμεν.

8.31 Chapter XXXI

Celsus afterwards states what is adduced by Jews and Christians alike in defence of abstinence from idol sacrifices, namely, that it is wrong for those who have dedicated themselves to the Most High God to eat with demons. What he brings forward against this view, we have already seen. In our opinion, a man can only be said to eat and drink with demons when he eats the flesh of what are called sacred victims, and when he drinks the wine poured out to the honour of the demons. But Celsus thinks that we cannot eat bread or drink wine in any way whatever, or taste fruits, or even take a draught of water, without eating and drinking with demons. He adds also, that the air which we breathe is received from demons, and that not an animal can breathe without receiving the air from the demons who are set over the air. If any one wishes to defend this statement of Celsus, let him show that it is not the divine angels of god, but demons, the whole race of whom are bad, that have been appointed to communicate all those blessings which have been mentioned. We indeed also maintain with regard not only to the fruits of the earth, but to every flowing stream and every breath of air that the ground brings forth those things which are said to grow up naturally,—that the water springs in fountains, and refreshes the earth with running streams,—that the air is kept pure, and supports the life of those who breathe it, only in consequence of the agency and control of certain beings whom we may call invisible husbandmen and guardians; but we deny that those invisible agents are demons. And if we might speak boldly, we would say that if demons have any share at all in these things, to them belong famine, blasting of the vine and fruit trees, pestilence among men and beasts: all these are the proper occupations of demons, who in the capacity of public executioners receive power at certain times to carry out the divine judgments, for the restoration of those who have plunged headlong into wickedness, or for the trial and discipline of the souls of the wise. For those who through all their afflictions preserve their piety pure and unimpaired, show their true character to all spectators, whether visible or invisible, who behold them; while those who are otherwise minded, yet conceal their wickedness, when they have their true character exposed by misfortunes, become manifest to themselves as well as to those whom we may also call spectators.

Μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Κέλσος τὸ ὁμολογουμένως ὑπὸ Χριστιανῶν καὶ Ἰουδαίων λεγόμενον τίθησιν, ἀπολογουμένων περὶ τῆς τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων ἀποχῆς καὶ φασκόντων μὴ δεῖν συνεστιᾶσθαι δαίμοσι τοὺς ἀνακειμένους τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ· πρὸς ὃ εἶπε τὰ ἐκκείμενα. ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν, ὅσον ἐπὶ βρώμασι καὶ πόμασι, τοῦ συνεστιᾶσθαι δαίμοσι τρόπους ἄλλους οὐκ ἴσμεν ἢ καθ᾿ οὓς τὰ καλούμενα παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἱερόθυτα ἐσθίει τις καὶ πίνει τὸν τῶν παρὰ τοῖς δαιμονίοις γινομένων σπονδῶν οἶνον· ὁ δὲ Κέλσος οἴεται συνεστιᾶσθαι δαίμοσι καὶ τὸν σίτου μεταλαμβάνοντα καὶ ὅπως ποτ᾿ οὖν οἴνου πίνοντα καὶ ἀκροδρύων γευόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ μόνου ὕδατός τις μεταλαμβάνει, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ φησὶ συνεστιᾶσθαι δαίμοσι τὸν πίνοντα. προστίθησι δὲ τούτοις ὅτι καὶ ὁ τὸν ἀέρα τοῦτον ἀναπνέων παρὰ δαιμόνων τινῶν καὶ τοῦτον λαμβάνει, χαριζομένων δαιμόνων τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀέρος προστεταγμένων τὸν τῆς ἀναπνοῆς τοῖς ζῴοις ἀέρα.

ὁ βουλόμενος τοίνυν παραστησάτω τῷ Κέλσου λόγῳ καὶ δεικνύτω, πῶς οὐ θεῖοί τινες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ ἀλλὰ δαίμονες, ὧν ὅλον τὸ γένος ἐστὶ φαῦλον, προστεταγμένοι εἰσὶ πάντα τὰ προειρημένα οἰκονομεῖν. καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ φαμεν οὐ χωρὶς προστασίας ἀοράτων, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, γεωργῶν καὶ ἄλλων οἰκονόμων οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς φυομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς ναματιαίου ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος τὴν γῆν φέρειν τὰ ὑπὸ φύσεως λεγόμενα διοικεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐν ταῖς πηγαῖς καὶ τοῖς αὐθιγενέσι ποταμοῖς ὀμβρεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι, καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ἀδιάφθορον τηρεῖσθαι καὶ ζωτικὸν τοῖς ἀναπνέουσιν αὐτὸν γίνεσθαι. οὐ μὴν τοὺς ἀοράτους φαμὲν εἶναι δαίμονας· ἀλλ᾿. εἰ χρὴ ἀποτολμήσαντα λέγειν τινὰ. εἴπερ ταῦτα δαιμόνων ἐστὶν ἔργα. φήσομεν ὅτι λιμοὶ καὶ ἀφορίαι σταφυλῆς καὶ ἀκροδρύων καὶ αὐχμοὶ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀέρος διαφθορὰ ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῶν καρπῶν ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ τῷ τῶν ζῴων θανάτῳ καὶ τῷ κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων λοιμῷ. πάντα ταῦτα δαίμονες αὐτουργοῦσι δήμιοι, κρίσει τινὶ θείᾳ λαβόντες ἐξουσίαν ἐν καιροῖς τισι ταῦτ᾿ ἐνεργεῖν εἴτε εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπὶ τὴν χύσιν τῆς κακίας ἐξοκειλάντων, εἴτε καὶ εἰς γυμνάσιον τοῦ λογικοῦ γένους· ἵν᾿ οἱ μὲν καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοσούτοις εὐσεβεῖς μένοντες καὶ μηδαμῶς χείρους γινόμενοι φανεροὶ τέως τοῖς μὴ βλέπουσιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἕξιν ἀοράτοις καὶ ὁρατοῖς θεαταῖς γένωνται, οἱ δ᾿ ἐναντίως μὲν διακείμενοι κλέπτοντες δὲ τὴν τῆς κακίας ἐπίδειξιν ἐλεγχθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν συμβαινόντων ὁποῖοί εἰσιν αὐτοί τε ἑαυτῶν συναισθηθῶσι καὶ δῆλοι τοῖς. ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω. θεαταῖς γένωνται.

8.32 Chapter XXXII

The Psalmist bears witness that divine justice employs certain evil angels to inflict calamities upon men: “He cast upon them the fierceness of His anger, wrath, and indignation, and trouble, sent by evil angels.” Whether demons ever go beyond this when they are suffered to do what they are ever ready, though through the restraint put upon them they are not always able to do, is a question to be solved by that man who can conceive, in so far as human nature will allow, how it accords with the divine justice, that such multitudes of human souls are separated from the body while walking in the paths which lead to certain death. “For the judgments of God are so great,” that a soul which is still clothed with a mortal body cannot comprehend them; “and they cannot be expressed: therefore by unnurtured souls” they are not in any measure to be understood. And hence, too, rash spirits, by their ignorance in these matters, and by recklessly setting themselves against the Divine Being, multiply impious objections against providence. It is not from demons, then, that men receive any of those things which meet the necessities of life, and least of all ourselves, who have been taught to make a proper use of these things. And they who partake of corn and wine, and the fruits of trees, of water and of air, do not feed with demons, but rather do they feast with divine angels, who are appointed for this purpose, and who are as it were invited to the table of the pious man, who hearkens to the precept of the word, which says, “Whether ye eat or drink, or whatever ye do, do all to the glory of God.” And again, in another place it is written, “Do all things in the name of God.” When, therefore, we eat and drink and breathe to the glory of God, and act in all things according to what is right, we feast with no demons, but with divine angels: “For every creature is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with thanksgiving: for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.” But it could not be good, and it could not be sanctified, if these things were, as Celsus supposes, entrusted to the charge of demons.

Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ὁ ὑμνῳδὸς τῷ, ὅτι θείᾳ κρίσει αὐτουργεῖται τὰ σκυθρωπότερα ὑπό τινων πονηρῶν ἀγγέλων. ἐν τῷ „ἀπέστειλεν εἰς αὐτοὺς ὀργὴν θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ, θυμὸν καὶ ὀργὴν καὶ θλῖψιν ἀποστολὴν δι᾿ ἀγγέλων πονηρῶν.” εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τι παρὰ ταῦτα γίνεται, ὅθ᾿ οἱ δαίμονες ἐπιτρέπονται, ἀεὶ μὲν βουλόμενοι ταῦτα ποιεῖν οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ δυνάμενοι διὰ τὸ κωλύεσθαι. ὁ δυνάμενος ἐξεταζέτω, τὴν θείαν κρίσιν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει φανταζόμενος περὶ ἀθρόας πολλῶν ψυχῶν ἀπαλλαγῆς ἀπὸ σώματος, τοιαῖσδε ταῖς ἐπὶ τὸν μέσον θάνατον φερούσαις ὁδοῖς χρωμένων. καὶ γὰρ „μεγάλαι μὲν αἱ κρίσεις τοῦ θεοῦ“ εἰσι καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος οὐ χωρηταὶ νῷ, τῷ ἔτι ἐνδεδεμένῳ θνητῷ σώματι, διὸ καὶ „δυσδίηγητοι“ τυγχάνουσιν, ἀπαιδεύτοις δὲ ψυχαῖς οὐδ᾿ ἐπὶ ποσὸν θεωρηταί· διὸ καὶ οἱ προπετέστεροι τῇ περὶ ταῦτα ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ τῇ διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν εἰς τὸ θεῖον ἐπιστασίᾳ αὔξουσι τὰ ἀσεβῆ κατὰ τῆς προνοίας δόγματα.

οὐ παρὰ δαιμόνων οὖν ἕκαστα τῶν εἰς τὰς βιωτικὰς χρείας λαμβάνομεν, μάλιστα οἱ δεόντως αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι μεμαθηκότες, οὐδὲ συνεστιῶνται δαίμοσιν οἱ σίτου καὶ οἴνου καὶ ἀκροδρύων καὶ ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος μεταλαμβάνοντες· ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θείοις ἀγγέλοις τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων τεταγμένοις. οἵτινες ὡσπερεὶ καλοῦνται ἐπὶ τὴν ἑστίαν τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς καὶ ἀκούσαντος τοῦ διδάσκοντος λόγου τὰ τοιάδε· „εἴτε ἐσθίετε εἴτε πίνετε εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε.“ καὶ πάλιν ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ κεῖται· „εἴτε ἐσθίετε εἴτε πίνετε.“ πάντα „ἐν ὀνόματι“ θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. ὅτε οὖν „εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ“ ἐσθίομεν καὶ πίνομεν καὶ ἀναπνέομεν καὶ κατὰ τὸν λόγον πάντα πράττομεν, οὐδενὶ τῶν δαιμόνων συνεστιώμεθα ἀλλὰ τοῖς θείοις ἀγγέλοις. καὶ γὰρ „πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ καλὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον· ἁγιάζεται γὰρ διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως.“ οὐκ ἂν δὲ ἦν „καλὸν“ οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ἁγιάζεσθαι, εἰ. ὡς Κέλσος οἴεται, δαίμοσι ταῦτα ἦν προστεταγμένα.

8.33 Chapter XXXIII

From this it is evident that we have already met the next statement of Celsus, which is as follows: “We must either not live, and indeed not come into this life at all, or we must do so on condition that we give thanks and first-fruits and prayers to demons, who have been set over the things of this world: and that we must do as long as we live, that they may prove good and kind.” We must surely live, and we must live according to the word of God, as far as we are enabled to do so. And we are thus enabled to live, when, “whether we eat or drink, we do all to the glory of God;” and we are not to refuse to enjoy those things which have been created for our use, but must receive them with thanksgiving to the Creator. And it is under these conditions, and not such as have been imagined by Celsus, that we have been brought into life by God; and we are not placed under demons, but we are under the government of the Most High God, through Him who hath brought us to God—Jesus Christ. It is not according to the law of God that any demon has had a share in worldly affairs, but it was by their own lawlessness that they perhaps sought out for themselves places destitute of the knowledge of God and of the divine life, or places where there are many enemies of God. Perhaps also, as being fit to rule over and punish them, they have been set by the Word, who governs all things, to rule over those who subjected themselves to evil and not to God. For this reason, then, let Celsus, as one who knows not God, give thank-offerings to demons. But we give thanks to the Creator of all, and, along with thanksgiving and prayer for the blessings we have received, we also eat the bread presented to us; and this bread becomes by prayer a sacred body, which sanctifies those who sincerely partake of it.

Ἐκ τούτων δὲ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς αὐτῷ λελεγμένα ἀπηντήσαμεν. οὕτως ἔχοντα· ἢ τοίνυν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς βιωτέον οὐδὲ τῇδε παριτητέον, ἢ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖσδε παρελθόντα εἰς τὸν βίον δαίμοσι τοῖς τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰληχόσιν εὐχαριστητέον καὶ ἀπαρχὰς καὶ εὐχὰς ἀποδοτέον, ἕως ἂν ζῶμεν, ὡς ἂν φιλανθρώπων αὐτῶν τυγχάνοιμεν. καὶ βιωτέον οὖν ἡμῖν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ βιωτέον. ὅσον οἷόν τε καὶ δίδοται κατ᾿ αὐτὸν βιοῦν· δίδοται δὲ καὶ ὅτε, εἴτ᾿ ἐσθίομεν εἴτε πίνομεν. „πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ“ ποιοῦμεν. καὶ οὐ παραιτητέον ἡμῖν τὸ χρῆσθαι μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας τῆς πρὸς τὸν κτίσαντα τοῖς δι᾿ ἡμᾶς αὐτοῦ δημιουργήμασι. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖσδε μᾶλλον παρήχθημεν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν βίον, η ἐφ᾿ οἷς Κέλσος οἴεται, καὶ οὐχ ὑποκείμεθά γε δαίμοσιν ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ ἡμᾶς προσαγαγόντος Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

καὶ κατὰ νόμους μὲν θεοῦ οὐδεὶς εἴληχε δαίμων τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς· διὰ (δὲ) τὴν σφῶν παρανομίαν τάχα μὲν αὑτοῖς διελόντες τοὺς τόπους. ἔνθα ἐρημία ἐστὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν βίου ἢ ἔνθα πολύς ἐστιν ὁ τῆς θειότητος ἀλλότριος. τάχα δὲ ὡς ἄξιοι τῶν πονηρῶν ἐπιστάται καὶ κολασταὶ αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ διοικοῦντος τὰ ὅλα λόγου ἐτάχθησαν ἄρχειν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς ὑποταξάντων τῇ κακίᾳ καὶ οὐ τῷ θεῷ. καὶ διὰ τοιαῦτα δὲ Κέλσος μὲν ὡς ἀγνοῶν θεὸν τὰ χαριστήρια δαίμοσιν ἀποδιδότω. ἡμεῖς δὲ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς δημιουργῷ εὐχαριστοῦντες καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας καὶ εὐχῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς δοθεῖσι προσαγομένους ἄρτους ἐσθίομεν, σῶμα γενομένους διὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ἅγιόν τι καὶ ἁγιάζον τοὺς μετὰ ὑγιοῦς προθέσεως αὐτῷ χρωμένους.

8.34 Chapter XXXIV

Celsus would also have us to offer first-fruits to demons. But we would offer them to Him who said, “Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself upon the earth.” And to Him to whom we offer first-fruits we also send up our prayers, “having a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God,” and “we hold fast this profession” as long as we live; for we find God and His only-begotten Son, manifested to us in Jesus, to be gracious and kind to us. And if we would wish to have besides a great number of beings who shall ever prove friendly to us, we are taught that “thousand thousands stood before Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand ministered unto Him.” And these, regarding all as their relations and friends who imitate their piety towards God, and in prayer call upon Him with sincerity, work along with them for their salvation, appear unto them, deem it their office and duty to attend to them, and as if by common agreement they visit with all manner of kindness and deliverance those who pray to God, to whom they themselves also pray: “For they are all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for those who shall be heirs of salvation.” Let the learned Greeks say that the human soul at its birth is placed under the charge of demons: Jesus has taught us not to despise even the little ones in His Church, saying, “Their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” And the prophet says, “The angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them.” We do not, then, deny that there are many demons upon earth, but we maintain that they exist and exercise power among the wicked, as a punishment of their wickedness. But they have no power over those who “have put on the whole armour of God,” who have received strength to “withstand the wiles of the devil,” and who are ever engaged in contests with them, knowing that “we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπαρχὰς Κέλσος μὲν δαιμονίοις ἀνατιθέναι βούλεται. ἡμεῖς δὲ τῷ εἰπόντι· „βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου. σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθ᾿ ὁμοιότητα, καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπὸν, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ κατὰ γένος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.“ ᾧ δὲ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ἀποδίδομεν. τούτῳ καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ἀναπέμπομεν, „ἔχοντες ἀρχιερέα μέγαν, διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ,“ καὶ κρατοῦμεν „τῆς ὁμολογίας,“ ἕως ἂν ζῶμεν. φιλανθρώπου τυγχάνοντες τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς αὐτοῦ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ ἡμῖν φανερουμένου.

εἰ δὲ καὶ πλῆθος ποθοῦμεν ὧν φιλανθρώπων τυγχάνειν θέλομεν, μανθάνομεν „ὅτι χίλιαι χιλιάδες παρειστήκεισαν αὐτῷ. καὶ μύριαι μυριάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ,“ αἵτινες ὡς συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους τοὺς μιμουμένους τὴν εἰς θεὸν αὐτῶν εὐσέβειαν ὁρῶντες συμπράττουσιν αὐτῶν τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν θεὸν καὶ γνησίως εὐχομένων, ἐπιφαινόμενοι καὶ οἰόμενοι αὐτοῖς δεῖν ἐπακούειν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἑνὸς συνθήματος ἐπιδημεῖν ἐπ᾿ εὐεργεσίᾳ καὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν εὐχομένων θεῷ, ᾧ καὶ αὐτοὶ εὔχονται. καὶ γὰρ „πάντες εἰσὶ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν.“ Ἑλλήνων μὲν οὖν οἱ σοφοὶ λεγέτωσαν δαίμονας εἰληχέναι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ψυχὴν ἀπὸ γενέσεως· ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξε μηδὲ „τῶν“ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ „μικρῶν“ καταφρονεῖν, λέγων ὅτι „οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς,“ καὶ ὁ προφήτης δέ φησιν ὅτι „παρεμβαλεῖ ἄγγελος κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτούς.“

οὐκ ἀναιροῦμεν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸ πολλοὺς εἶναι δαίμονας ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλά φαμεν εἶναι μὲν αὐτοὺς καὶ δύνασθαι ἐν τοῖς φαύλοις διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων κακίαν, μηδὲν δὲ δύνασθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἐνδυσαμένους „τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ“ καὶ ἀναλαβόντας ἰσχὺν „πρὸς τὸ“ ἀντιστῆναι „πρὸς τὰς μεθοδείας τοῦ διαβόλου“ καὶ μελετῶντας ἀεὶ τὰ ἐκείνων παλαίσματα τῷ ἐγνωκέναι „ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου, πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις.“

8.35 Chapter XXXV

Now let us consider another saying of Celsus, which is as follows: “The satrap of a Persian or Roman monarch, or ruler or general or governor, yea, even those who fill lower offices of trust or service in the state, would be able to do great injury to those who despised them; and will the satraps and ministers of earth and air be insulted with impunity?” Observe now how he introduces servants of the Most High—rulers, generals, governors, and those filling lower offices of trust and service—as, after the manner of men, inflicting injury upon those who insult them. For he does not consider that a wise man would not wish to do harm to any, but would strive to the utmost of his power to change and amend them; unless, indeed, it be that those whom Celsus makes servants and rulers appointed by the Most High are behind Lycurgus, the lawgiver of the Lacedæmonians, or Zeno of Citium. For when Lycurgus had had his eye put out by a man, he got the offender into his power; but instead of taking revenge upon him, he ceased not to use all his arts of persuasion until he induced him to become a philosopher. And Zeno, on the occasion of some one saying, “Let me perish rather than not have my revenge on thee,” answered him, “But rather let me perish if I do not make a friend of thee.” And I am not yet speaking of those whose characters have been formed by the teaching of Jesus, and who have heard the words, “Love your enemies, and pray for them which despitefully use you, that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven; for He maketh His sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.” And in the prophetical writings the righteous man says, “O Lord my God, if I have done this; if there be iniquity in my hands; if I have returned evil to those who have done evil to me, let me fall helpless under mine enemies: let my enemy persecute my soul, and take it; yea, let him tread down my life upon the earth.”

Κατανοήσωμεν δὲ καὶ ἄλλην λέξιν τοῦ Κέλσου, οὕτως ἔχουσαν· ἢ ὁ μὲν τοῦ Περσῶν ἢ Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως σατράπης καὶ ὕπαρχος ἢ στρατηγὸς ἢ ἐπίτροπος, ἔτι μὴν καὶ οἱ τὰς μικροτέρας ἀρχὰς ἢ ἐπιμελείας ἢ ὑπηρεσίας ἔχοντες μέγα δύναιντ᾿ ἂν βλάπτειν ἀμελούμενοι, οἱ δ᾿ ἐναέριοί τε καὶ ἐπίγειοι σατράπαι καὶ διάκονοι μικρὰ βλάπτοιεν ἂν ὑβριζόμενοι; ὅρα δὴ πῶς ἀνθρωπικοὺς σατράπας τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ καὶ ὑπάρχους καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ ἐπιτρόπους καὶ τοὺς μικροτέρας ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐπιμελείας καὶ ὑπηρεσίας ἔχοντας εἰσάγει μεγάλα βλάπτοντας τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας, οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι οὐδὲ σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος βλάψαι ἂν βούλοιτό τινα ἀλλ᾿ ὅση δύναμις καὶ τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας ἐπιστρέφειν καὶ βελτιοῦν· εἰ μὴ ἄρα Λυκούργου τοῦ Λακεδαιμονίων νομοθέτου καὶ τοῦ Κιτιέως Ζήνωνος χείρους εἰσὶν οἱ κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον σατράπαι καὶ ὕπαρχοι καὶ στρατηγοὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεοῦ· ὅτι Λυκοῦργος μὲν, λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ἐκκόψαντος αὐτοῦ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἠμύνατο ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐπαύσατο κατεπᾴδων αὐτῷ, ἕως αὐτὸν πείσειε φιλοσοφεῖν, Ζήνων δὲ πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα· „ἀπολοίμην, ἐὰν μή σε τιμωρήσωμαι,“ „ἐγὼ δὲ,“ ἔφη, „ἐὰν μή σε> φίλον κτήσωμαι.“

καὶ οὐδέπω λέγω τοὺς κατὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν Ἰησοῦ πεποιωμένους καὶ ἀκούσαντας τοῦ „ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς, ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὃς τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους.“ καὶ ἐν τοῖς προφητικοῖς δὲ λόγοις ὁ δίκαιος τοιαῦτά φησι· „κύριε ὁ θεός μου, εἰ ἐποίησα τοῦτο. εἰ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν χερσί μου, εἰ ἀνταπέδωκα τοῖς ἀνταποδιδοῦσί μοι κακὰ, ἀποπέσοιμι ἄρα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου κενός· καταδιώξαι ἄρα ὁ ἐχθρὸς τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ καταλάβοι, καὶ καταπατήσαι εἰς γῆν τὴν ζωήν μου,“

8.36 Chapter XXXVI

But the angels, who are the true rulers and generals and ministers of God, do not, as Celsus supposes, “injure those who offend them;” and if certain demons, whom Celsus had in mind, do inflict evils, they show that they are wicked, and that they have received no office of the kind from God. And they even do injury to those who are under them, and who have acknowledged them as their masters; and accordingly, as it would seem that those who break through the regulations which prevail in any country in regard to matters of food, suffer for it if they are under the demons of that place, while those who are not under them, and have not submitted to their power, are free from all harm, and bid defiance to such spirits; although if, in ignorance of certain things, they have come under the power of other demons, they may suffer punishment from them. But the Christian—the true Christian, I mean—who has submitted to God alone and His Word, will suffer nothing from demons, for He is mightier than demons. And the Christian will suffer nothing, for “the angel of the Lord will encamp about them that fear Him, and will deliver them,” and his “angel,” who “always beholds the face of his Father in heaven,” offers up his prayers through the one High Priest to the God of all, and also joins his own prayers with those of the man who is committed to his keeping. Let not, then, Celsus try to scare us with threats of mischief from demons, for we despise them. And the demons, when despised, can do no harm to those who are under the protection of Him who can alone help all who deserve His aid; and He does no less than set His own angels over His devout servants, so that none of the hostile angels, nor even he who is called “the prince of this world,” can effect anything against those who have given themselves to God.

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ, ὡς οἴεται Κέλσος, βλάπτουσιν οἱ ἀληθῶς σατράπαι καὶ ὕπαρχοι καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἐπίτροποι τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελοι τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας· εἰ δέ τινες βλάπτουσι δαίμονες, οὓς ἐφαντάσθη καὶ ὁ Κέλσος. βλάπτουσιν ὡς φαῦλοι καὶ μηδεμίαν σατραπείαν ἢ στρατηγίαν ἢ ἐπιτροπὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγκεχειρισμένοι, καὶ βλάπτουσι τοὺς ὑποκειμένους αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑποτάξαντας ἑαυτοὺς ὡς δεσπόταις ἐκείνοις. τάχα γὰρ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἱ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον τόπον εἰς τὰ νενομισμένα βρώματα μὴ δεῖν ἐσθίεσθαι παρανομοῦντες, εἰ μὲν τῶν ὑπὸ τοὺς δαίμονας εἶεν ἐκείνους, βλάπτονται· εἰ δέ τινες τῶν οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνους οὐδὲ αὑτοὺς ὑποτάξαντες τῷ τοῦ τόπου δαιμονίῳ, ἐλεύθεροι ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων παθεῖν, μακρὰν χαίρειν εἰπόντες τοῖς τοιοισδὶ δαιμονίοις, ἄλλοις διὰ τὴν περὶ ἄλλα ἄγνοιαν ἑαυτοὺς ὑποτάξαντες, ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων πάσχειν δύνανται, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ Χριστιανὸς, ὁ ἀληθῶς Χριστιανὸς καὶ ὑποτάξας ἑαυτὸν μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ αὐτοῦ, πάθοι τι ἂν ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμονίων, ἅτε κρείττων δαιμόνων τυγχάνων· καὶ οὐ πάθοι γ᾿ ἂν, ἐπεὶ „παρεμβαλεῖ ἄγγελος κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτοὺς,“ καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτοῦ „διὰ παντὸς“ βλέπων „τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ“ „ἐν οὐρανοῖς“ „πατρὸς“ ἀεὶ τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτοῦ ἀναφέρει διὰ τοῦ μόνου ἀρχιερέως τῷ θεῷ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ αὐτὸς συνευχόμενος τῷ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐπιτροπευομένῳ. μὴ μορμολυττέσθω τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος, ἀπειλῶν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων βλάβην ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀμελουμένων· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἡμῖν δαίμονες ἀμελούμενοι ποιεῖν ἂν δύναιντο, ἀνακειμένοις τῷ μόνῳ βοηθεῖν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀξίοις δυναμένῳ, ἐφιστάντι δ᾿ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους ἀγγέλους τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβοῦσιν, ἵνα μηδὲν οἱ ἐναντίοι ἄγγελοι μηδ᾿ ὁ τούτων „ἄρχων“ λεγόμενος „τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου“ ἐνεργεῖν κατὰ τῶν ἀνακειμένων τῷ θεῷ δυνηθῇ.

8.37 Chapter XXXVII

In the next place, Celsus forgets that he is addressing Christians, who pray to God alone through Jesus; and mixing up other notions with theirs, he absurdly attributes them all to Christians. “If,” says he, “they who are addressed are called upon by barbarous names, they will have power, but no longer will they have any if they are addressed in Greek or Latin.” Let him, then, state plainly whom we call upon for help by barbarous names. Any one will be convinced that this is a false charge which Celsus brings against us, when he considers that Christians in prayer do not even use the precise names which divine Scripture applies to God; but the Greeks use Greek names, the Romans Latin names, and every one prays and sings praises to God as he best can, in his mother tongue. For the Lord of all the languages of the earth hears those who pray to Him in each different tongue, hearing, if I may so say, but one voice, expressing itself in different dialects. For the Most High is not as one of those who select one language, Barbarian or Greek, knowing nothing of any other, and caring nothing for those who speak in other tongues.

Εἶτ᾿ ἐπιλαθόμενος ὅτι Χριστιανοῖς λαλεῖ, τοῖς μόνοις τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εὐχομένοις, καὶ συμφύρων τὰ ἑτέρων καὶ ἀλόγως Χριστιανοῖς συνάπτων αὐτά φησιν· ἐὰν μὲν βαρβάρως αὐτοὺς ὀνομάζῃ τις, δύναμιν ἕξουσιν, ἐὰν δὲ Ἑλληνικῶς ἢ Ῥωμαϊκῶς, οὐκέτι. δεικνύτω γὰρ τίνα ἡμεῖς βαρβάρως ὀνομάζομεν ὡς καλοῦντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ βοήθειαν, καὶ πειθέσθω μάτην καθ᾿ ἡμῶν ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι τὸν Κέλσον (ὁ) ἐφιστὰς ὅτι οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν οὐδὲ τοῖς ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς κειμένοις ὀνόμασι καὶ τεταγμένοις ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ χρῶνται ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς· ἀλλ᾿ οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες Ἑλληνικοῖς οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι Ῥωμαϊκοῖς, καὶ οὕτως ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διάλεκτον εὔχεται τῷ θεῷ καὶ ὑμνεῖ αὐτὸν ὡς δύναται· καὶ ὁ πάσης διαλέκτου κύριος τῶν ἀπὸ πάσης διαλέκτου εὐχομένων ἀκούει ὡς μιᾶς, ἵν᾿ οὕτως ὀνομάσω, φωνῆς τῆς κατὰ τὰ σημαινόμενα ἀκούων, δηλουμένης ἐκ τῶν ποικίλων διαλέκτων. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸς εἷς τις τῶν κεκληρωμένων διάλεκτόν τινα βάρβαρον ἢ Ἕλληνα καὶ μηκέτι τὰς λοιπὰς ἐπισταμένων ἢ μηκέτι τῶν ἐν ἄλλαις διαλέκτοις λεγόντων φροντίζειν.

8.38 Chapter XXXVIII

He next represents Christians as saying what he never heard from any Christian; or if he did, it must have been from one of the most ignorant and lawless of the people. “Behold,” they are made to say, “I go up to a statue of Jupiter or Apollo, or some other god: I revile it, and beat it, yet it takes no vengeance on me.” He is not aware that among the prohibitions of the divine law is this, “Thou shalt not revile the gods,” and this is intended to prevent the formation of the habit of reviling any one whatever; for we have been taught, “Bless, and curse not,” and it is said that “revilers shall not inherit the kingdom of God.” And who amongst us is so foolish as to speak in the way Celsus describes, and to fail to see that such contemptuous language can be of no avail for removing prevailing notions about the gods? For it is matter of observation that there are men who utterly deny the existence of a God or of an overruling providence, and who by their impious and destructive teaching have founded sects among those who are called philosophers, and yet neither they themselves, nor those who have embraced their opinions, have suffered any of those things which mankind generally account evils: they are both strong in body and rich in possessions. And yet if we ask what loss they have sustained, we shall find that they have suffered the most certain injury. For what greater injury can befall a man than that he should be unable amidst the order of the world to see Him who has made it? and what sorer affliction can come to any one than that blindness of mind which prevents him from seeing the Creator and Father of every soul?

Εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτα ἤτοι μηδενὸς ἀκούσας Χριστιανοῦ ἤ τινος ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν παρανόμου καὶ ἀπαιδεύτου φησὶ τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς λέγειν· ἰδοὺ παραστὰς τῷ ἀγάλματι τοῦ Διὸς ἢ Ἀπόλλωνος ἢ ὅτου δὴ θεοῦ βλασφημῶ καὶ ῥαπίζω, καὶ οὐδέν με ἀμύνεται. οὐχ ὁρῶν ὅτι ἐν τῇ θείᾳ νομοθεσίᾳ προστέτακται καὶ τὸ „θεοὺς οὐ κακολογήσεις,“ ἵνα μὴ ἐθίζηται ἡμῶν τὸ στόμα ὁντινοῦν κακολογεῖν, ἀκουόντων· „εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε“ καὶ διδασκομένων ὅτι „οἱ λοίδοροι“ „βασιλείαν θεοῦ“ οὐ „κληρονομήσουσι.“ τίς δ᾿ οὕτως ἐν ἡμῖν ἠλίθιος. ὡς ταῦτα λέγειν καὶ μὴ ὁρᾶν ὅτι οὐδὲν δύναται τὸ τοιοῦτο πρὸς καθαίρεσιν τῆς περὶ τῶν νομιζομένων θεῶν ὑπολήψεως; ὅπου γε καὶ οἱ πάντῃ ἄθεοι καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἀνελόντες καὶ σύστημα νομιζομένων φιλοσόφων διὰ τῶν μοχθηρῶν δογμάτων καὶ ἀσεβῶν γεννήσαντες οὔτ᾿ αὐτοί (τι) πεπόνθασιν ὧν οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζουσι κακῶν οὔθ᾿ οἱ τὰ ἐκείνων ἀσπασάμενοι δόγματα, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ πλουτοῦσι καὶ ὑγιαίνουσι τὰ σώματα. εἰ δὲ βλάβην τις ζητεῖ ἐν ἐκείνοις, ὁράτω ὅτι ἀληθῶς εἰσιν οἱ βεβλαμμένοι. ποία γὰρ μείζων βλάβη τοῦ μὴ νοεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς τάξεως τοῦ κόσμου τὸν πεποιηκότα; ποία δὲ χείρων ταλαιπωρία τοῦ τετυφλῶσθαι τὸν νοῦν καὶ μὴ βλέπειν τὸν παντὸς νοῦ δημιουργὸν καὶ πατέρα;

8.39 Chapter XXXIX

After putting such words into our mouth, and maliciously charging Christians with sentiments which they never held, he then proceeds to give to this supposed expression of Christian feeling an answer, which is indeed more a mockery than an answer, when he says, “Do you not see, good sir, that even your own demon is not only reviled, but banished from every land and sea, and you yourself, who are as it were an image dedicated to him, are bound and led to punishment, and fastened to the stake, whilst your demon—or, as you call him, ‘the Son of God’—takes no vengeance on the evil-doer?” This answer would be admissible if we employed such language as he ascribes to us; although even then he would have no right to call the Son of God a demon. For as we hold that all demons are evil, He who turns so many men to God is in our view no demon, but God the Word, and the Son of God. And I know not how Celsus has so far forgotten himself as to call Jesus Christ a demon, when he nowhere alludes to the existence of any evil demons. And finally, as to the punishments threatened against the ungodly, these will come upon them after they have refused all remedies, and have been, as we may say, visited with an incurable malady of sinfulness.

Περιθεὶς δ᾿ ἡμῖν τοιούτους λόγους καὶ συκοφαντῶν Χριστιανοὺς, οὐ λέγοντας τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἑαυτῷ ἀπολογίαν πορίζειν νομίζει, παίγνιον μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπολογίαν τυγχάνουσαν, ἐν ᾗ φησιν ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς· οὐχ ὁρᾷς οὖν, ὦ βέλτιστε, ὅτι καὶ τὸν σὸν δαίμονα καταστάς τις οὐ βλασφημεῖ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ἐκκηρύττει καὶ σὲ τὸν καθωσιωμένον ὥσπερ ἄγαλμα αὐτῷ δήσας ἀπάγει καὶ ἀνασκολοπίζει· καὶ ὁ δαίμων ἢ, ὡς σὺ φῂς, ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ παῖς οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ἀμύνεται; χώραν δ᾿ εἶχεν ἡ ἀπολογία αὕτη, εἰ τοιούτοις λόγοις, ὁποίους ἡμᾶς ἀνέγραψε λέγοντας, ἐχρώμεθα· καίτοι γε οὐδ᾿ οὕτως ἀληθῆ ἔλεγε, δαίμονα εἰπὼν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. κατὰ μὲν οὖν ἡμᾶς, τοὺς λέγοντας πάντας δαίμονας εἶναι φαύλους, οὐ δαίμων ὁ τοὺς τοσούσδε ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀλλὰ θεὸς λόγος καὶ θεοῦ παῖς· κατὰ δὲ Κέλσον, μηδὲν ἐμφήναντα περὶ φαύλων δαιμόνων οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ἐπιλαθόμενον ἑαυτοῦ, δαίμων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἴρηται. ὕστερον μέντοι γε τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν φθάσει μετὰ πάντα τὰ φάρμακα, ἅπερ οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ τοὺς καταλαμβανομένους ἐν τῇ, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ἀνιάτῳ κακίᾳ.

8.40 Chapter XL

Such is our doctrine of punishment; and the inculcation of this doctrine turns many from their sins. But let us see, on the other hand, what is the response given on this subject by the priest of Jupiter or Apollo of whom Celsus speaks. It is this: “The mills of the gods grind slowly.” Another describes punishment as reaching “to children’s children, and to those who came after them.” How much better are those words of Scripture: “The fathers shall not be put to death for the children, nor the children for the fathers. Every man shall be put to death for his own sin.” And again, “Every man that eateth the sour grape, his teeth shall be set on edge.” And, “The son shall not bear the iniquity of the father, neither shall the father bear the iniquity of the son: the righteousness of the righteous shall be upon him, and the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon him.” If any shall say that the response, “To children’s children, and to those who come after them,” corresponds with that passage, “Who visits the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate Me,” let him learn from Ezekiel that this language is not to be taken literally; for he reproves those who say, “Our fathers have eaten sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are set on edge,” and then he adds, “As I live, saith the Lord, every one shall die for his own sin.” As to the proper meaning of the figurative language about sins being visited unto the third and fourth generation, we cannot at present stay to explain.

Καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν ὅ τι ποτὲ περὶ κολάσεως λέγοντες καὶ διὰ τῆς περὶ κολάσεως διδασκαλίας πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιστρέφομεν· ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον ἱερεὺς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἢ τοῦ Διὸς οἷα ἀποκρίνεται, κατανοήσωμεν· ὀψὲ, φησὶ, θεῶν ἀλέουσι μύλοι, καὶ ἐς παίδων παῖδας, τοί κεν μετόπισθε γένωνται. ὅρα δὲ ὅσῳ τούτου βέλτιον τὸ „οὐκ ἀποθανοῦνται πατέρες ὑπὲρ τέκνων, οὐδὲ υἱοὶ ἀποθανοῦνται ὑπὲρ πατέρων· ἕκαστος τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ ἀποθανεῖται“ καὶ τοῦτο „τοῦ φαγόντος τὸν ὄμφακα αἱμωδιάσουσιν οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ“ καὶ τὸ „υἱὸς οὐ λήψεται ἀδικίαν πατρὸς, καὶ πατὴρ οὐ λήψεται ἀδικίαν υἱοῦ· δικαιοσύνη δικαίου ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔσται, καὶ ἀνομία ἀνόμου ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔσται.“ ἐὰν δέ τις ὅμοιον εἶναι λέγῃ τῷ ἐς παίδων παῖδας, τοί κεν μετόπισθε γένωνται τὸ „ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεὰν τοῖς μισοῦσί (με),“ μαθέτω ὅτι ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ „παραβολὴ“ τὸ τοιοῦτον εἶναι λέλεκται, αἰτιωμένῳ τοὺς λέγοντας· „οἱ πατέρες ἔφαγον ὄμφακα, καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες τῶν τέκνων ᾑμωδίασαν,“ ᾧ ἐπιφέρεται· „ζῶ ἐγὼ, λέγει κύριος,“ „ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἕκαστος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανεῖται.“ οὐ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα δὲ καιρόν ἐστι διηγήσασθαι, τί σημαίνει ἡ περὶ τοῦ „(ἐπὶ) τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεὰν“ ἀποδίδοσθαι τὰς „ἁμαρτίας“ παραβολή.

8.41 Chapter XLI

He then goes on to rail against us after the manner of old wives. “You,” says he, “mock and revile the statues of our gods; but if you had reviled Bacchus or Hercules in person, you would not perhaps have done so with impunity. But those who crucified your God when present among men, suffered nothing for it, either at the time or during the whole of their lives. And what new thing has there happened since then to make us believe that he was not an impostor, but the Son of God? And forsooth, he who sent his Son with certain instructions for mankind, allowed him to be thus cruelly treated, and his instructions to perish with him, without ever during all this long time showing the slightest concern. What father was ever so inhuman? Perhaps, indeed, you may say that he suffered so much, because it was his wish to bear what came to him. But it is open to those whom you maliciously revile, to adopt the same language, and say that they wish to be reviled, and therefore they bear it with patience; for it is best to deal equally with both sides,—although these (gods) severely punish the scorner, so that he must either flee and hide himself, or be taken and perish.” Now to these statements I would answer that we revile no one, for we believe that “revilers will not inherit the kingdom of God.” And we read, “Bless them that curse you; bless, and curse not;” also, “Being reviled, we bless.” And even although the abuse which we pour upon another may seem to have some excuse in the wrong which we have received from him, yet such abuse is not allowed by the word of God. And how much more ought we to abstain from reviling others, when we consider what a great folly it is! And it is equally foolish to apply abusive language to stone or gold or silver, turned into what is supposed to be the form of God by those who have no knowledge of God. Accordingly, we throw ridicule not upon lifeless images, but upon those only who worship them. Moreover, if certain demons reside in certain images, and one of them passes for Bacchus, another for Hercules, we do not vilify them: for, on the one hand, it would be useless; and, on the other, it does not become one who is meek, and peaceful, and gentle in spirit, and who has learnt that no one among men or demons is to be reviled, however wicked he may be.

Εἶτα ὡς αἱ γρᾶες διαλοιδορούμενος ἡμῖν φησι· σὺ μὲν τὰ ἀγάλματα τούτων λοιδορῶν καταγελᾷς. ὡς αὐτόν γε τὸν Διόνυσον ἢ τὸν Ἡρακλέα παρόντα εἰ ἐλοιδόρησας, οὐκ ἂν ἴσως χαίρων ἀπήλλαξας· τὸν δὲ σὸν θεὸν παρόντα κατατείνοντες καὶ κολάζοντες οὐδὲν οἱ ταῦτα δράσαντες πεπόνθασιν ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τοσούτῳ βίῳ. τί καινὸν ἐξ ἐκείνου γέγονε τῷ πιστεύσαντι ἂν ὡς οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος ἄνθρωπος γόης ἀλλὰ θεοῦ παῖς; καὶ ὁ πέμψας ἄρα τὸν υἱὸν ἀγγελμάτων τινῶν εἵνεκα οὕτως ὠμῶς κολασθέντα, ὡς συνδιαφθεῖραι καὶ τὰ ἀγγέλματα, περιεῖδε καὶ τοσούτου χρόνου διελθόντος οὐκ ἐπεστράφη. τίς οὕτως ἀνόσιος πατήρ; ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν τυχὸν ἐβούλετο, ὡς φῂς, διὰ τοῦτο περιϋβρίζετο. οἵδε δὲ, οὓς σὺ βλασφημεῖς, ἐνῆν μὲν εἰπεῖν ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ βούλονται καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾿ ἀνέχονται βλασφημούμενοι· τὰ γὰρ ἴσα τοῖς ἴσοις παραβαλεῖν κράτιστον· ἀλλ᾿ οὗτοί γε καὶ σφόδρα ἀμύνονται τὸν βλασφημοῦντα, ἤτοι φεύγοντα διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κρυπτόμενον ἢ ἁλισκόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον.

καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα δ᾿ εἴποιμ᾿ ἂν ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐδενὶ λοιδορούμεθα, πειθόμενοι ὅτι „λοίδοροι“ „βασιλείαν θεοῦ“ οὐ „κληρονομήσουσι,“ καὶ ἀναγινώσκοντες τὸ „εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμῖν“ (καὶ) „εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε.“ εἰδότες δὲ καὶ τὸ „λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν.“ καὶ εἴπερ τὸ λοιδορεῖν λόγον τινὰ ἔχει ἀμυντικὸν τοῦ δοκοῦντος ἠδικῆσθαι, καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτον ἐπιτρέπει ἡμῖν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος· πόσῳ πλέον, ἔνθα πολλὴν ἠλιθιότητα ἐμφαίνει τὸ λοιδορεῖν, οὐ χρὴ λοιδορεῖν; ἐπ᾿ ἴσης δὲ ἠλίθιον τὸ λοιδορεῖσθαι λίθῳ ἢ χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ, τοῖς μεμορφωμένοις εἰς τὴν νενομισμένην τοῖς μακρὰν θειότητος τυγχάνουσι θεῶν μορφήν. οὕτω δὲ οὐδὲ καταγελῶμεν τῶν ἀψύχων ξοάνων ἀλλ᾿ εἰ ἄρα τῶν προσκυνούντων αὐτοῖς. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿, ἂν ὦσί τινες δαίμονες ἐνιδρυμένοι τισὶν ἀγάλμασι, καὶ νομίζηται ὁ μέν τις αὐτῶν εἶναι Διόνυσος ὁ δ᾿ Ἡρακλῆς, οὐδὲ τούτοις λοιδορούμεθα· μάταιον γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον καὶ οὐδαμῶς κατὰ τὸν πρᾷον καὶ εἰρηναῖον καὶ γαληνὸν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ μαθόντα ὅτι οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν κακίαν δεῖ τινι λοιδορεῖσθαι, εἴτ᾿ ἀνθρώπῳ εἴτε δαίμονι.

8.42 Chapter XLII

There is an inconsistency into which, strangely enough, Celsus has fallen unawares. Those demons or gods whom he extolled a little before, he now shows to be in fact the vilest of creatures, punishing more for their own revenge than for the improvement of those who revile them. His words are, “If you had reviled Bacchus or Hercules when present in person, you would not have escaped with impunity.” How any one can hear without being present in person, I leave any one who will to explain; as also those other questions, “Why he is sometimes present, and sometimes absent?” and, “What is the business which takes demons away from place to place?” Again, when he says, “Those who crucified your God himself, suffered no harm for doing so,” he supposes that it is the body of Jesus extended on the cross and slain, and not His divine nature, that we call God; and that it was as God that Jesus was crucified and slain. As we have already dwelt at length on the sufferings which Jesus suffered as a man, we shall purposely say no more here, that we may not repeat what we have said already. But when he goes on to say that “those who inflicted death upon Jesus suffered nothing afterwards through so long a time,” we must inform him, as well as all who are disposed to learn the truth, that the city in which the Jewish people called for the crucifixion of Jesus with shouts of “Crucify him, crucify him,” preferring to have the robber set free, who had been cast into prison for sedition and murder, and Jesus, who had been delivered through envy, to be crucified,—that this city not long afterwards was attacked, and, after a long siege, was utterly overthrown and laid waste; for God judged the inhabitants of that place unworthy of living together the life of citizens. And yet, though it may seem an incredible thing to say, God spared this people in delivering them to their enemies; for He saw that they were incurably averse to any amendment, and were daily sinking deeper and deeper into evil. And all this befell them, because the blood of Jesus was shed at their instigation and on their land; and the land was no longer able to bear those who were guilty of so fearful a crime against Jesus.

Οὐκ οἶδα δ᾿ ὅπως ὁ Κέλσος ἄκων ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὸ, οὓς πρὸ βραχέος ὕμνησε δαίμονας ἢ θεοὺς, νῦν τῷ ἔργῳ ἀποδεικνύναι φαυλοτάτους εἶναι καὶ τιμωρουμένους μᾶλλον ἀμυντικῶς ἤπερ κολάζοντας διορθωτικῶς, ἐπὰν αὐτοῖς λοιδορῆταί τις. φησὶ γάρ· ὡς αὐτόν γε τὸν Διόνυσον ἢ τὸν Ἡρακλέα παρόντα εἰ ἐλοιδόρησας, οὐκ ἂν ἴσως χαίρων ἀπήλλαξας. πῶς δὲ καὶ ἀκούει τι οὐ παρὼν, ὁ βουλόμενος παραστησάτω, καὶ διὰ τί ποτὲ μὲν πάρεστι ποτὲ δὲ οὐ πάρεστι, καὶ τίς ἡ πραγματεία τοῖς δαίμοσι τῆς μεταναστάσεως ἀπὸ τόπου εἰς τόπον.

ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις λέγει, οἰόμενος τὸ κατατεινόμενον καὶ κολζόμενον σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ οὐ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ θειότητα θεὸν ἡμᾶς λέγειν καὶ, ὅτε κατετείνετο καὶ ἐκολάζετο, θεὸν νενομίσθαι, ὅτι τὸν δὲ σὸν θεὸν παρόντα κατατείνοντες καὶ κολάζοντες οὐδὲν οἱ ταῦτα δράσαντες πεπόνθασι. πλείονα δὲ περὶ ὧν πέπονθεν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω εἰπόντες νῦν ἑκόντες παραπέμπομεν τὸν λόγον. ἵνα μὴ δοκῶμεν παλιλλογεῖν. ἐπεὶ δέ φησι μηδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τοσούτῳ βίῳ πεπονθέναι τι τούτους τὸν Ἰησοῦν κολάσαντας, δείξομεν αὐτῷ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς βουλομένοις μαθεῖν ὅτι ἡ πόλις. ἐν ᾗ ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λεὼς ἠξίωσε τὸν Ἰησοῦν σταυρωθῆναι λέγων· „σταύρου. σταύρου αὐτὸν“ (προὐτιμήσαντο (γὰρ) τὸν λῃστὴν „διὰ στάσιν καὶ φόνον“ βληθέντα „εἰς φυλακὴν“ ἀπολυθῆναι τοῦτον. „τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν“ „διὰ φθόνον“ παραδοθέντα (σταυρωθῆναι)). μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ ἐξεπολεμήθη καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐπολιορκήθη χρόνῳ πλείονι, ὥστ᾿ ἐκ βάθρων αὐτὴν ἀνάστατον γενέσθαι καὶ ἐρημωθῆναι. ἀναξίους κρίνοντος τοὺς τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον οἰκοῦντας τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς κοινοτέρας ζωῆς. καὶ φειδόμενός γε αὐτῶν, ἵνα παραδόξως εἴπω, καὶ ὁρῶν ἀνιάτως ἔχοντας πρὸς τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον μεταβολὴν καὶ ὁσημέραι αὔξοντας ἐν τῇ τῆς κακίας χύσει παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς τοῖς πολεμοῦσι. καὶ ταῦτα γέγονε διὰ τὸ ἐκχυθὲν αἷμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, μηκέτι δυναμένην χωρεῖν τοὺς τὸ τηλικοῦτον ἄγος κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τολμήσαντας.

8.43 Chapter XLIII

Some new thing, then, has come to pass since the time that Jesus suffered,—that, I mean, which has happened to the city, to the whole nation, and in the sudden and general rise of a Christian community. And that, too, is a new thing, that those who were strangers to the covenants of God, with no part in His promises, and far from the truth, have by a divine power been enabled to embrace the truth. These things were not the work of an impostor, but were the work of God, who sent His Word, Jesus Christ, to make known His purposes. The sufferings and death which Jesus endured with such fortitude and meekness, show the cruelty and injustice of those who inflicted them, but they did not destroy the announcement of the purposes of God; indeed, if we may so say, they served rather to make them known. For Jesus Himself taught us this when He said, “Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth by itself alone: but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit.” Jesus, then, who is this grain of wheat, died, and brought forth much fruit. And the Father is ever looking forward for the results of the death of the grain of wheat, both those which are arising now, and those which shall arise hereafter. The Father of Jesus is therefore a tender and loving Father, though “He spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up” as His lamb “for us all,” that so “the Lamb of God,” by dying for all men, might “take away the sin of the world.” It was not by compulsion, therefore, but willingly, that He bore the reproaches of those who reviled Him. Then Celsus, returning to those who apply abusive language to images, says: “Of those whom you load with insults, you may in like manner say that they voluntarily submit to such treatment, and therefore they bear insults with patience; for it is best to deal equally with both sides. Yet these severely punish the scorner, so that he must either flee and hide himself, or be taken and perish.” It is not, then, because Christians cast insults upon demons that they incur their revenge, but because they drive them away out of the images, and from the bodies and souls of men. And here, although Celsus perceives it not, he has on this subject spoken something like the truth; for it is true that the souls of those who condemn Christians, and betray them, and rejoice in persecuting them, are filled with wicked demons.

Καινὸν οὖν γέγονεν, ἐξ οὗ πέπονθε χρόνου ὁ Ἰησοῦς, κἀκεῖνο, λέγω δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατὰ τὸ ἔθνος καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀθρόαν γένεσιν ἔθνους Χριστιανῶν ὡσπερεὶ τεχθέντος εἰσάπαξ· καινὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ τοὺς ξένους „τῶν διαθηκῶν“ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀλλοτρίους τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν τοὺς μακρὰν τῆς ἀληθείας δυνάμει τινὶ θείᾳ παραδέχεσθαι αὐτήν. ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου γόητος ἦν ἀλλ᾿ ἔργα θεοῦ, πέμψαντος τῶν αὑτοῦ ἀγγελμάτων ἕνεκα τὸν αὑτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ λόγον, (οὕτως) ὠμῶς κολασθέντι, ὡς τὴν ὠμότητα κατηγορεῖσθαι τῶν ἀδίκως αὐτὸν κολασάντων, καὶ ἀνδρειότατα ὑπομείναντα καὶ μετὰ πάσης. πρᾳότητος· οὐ διέφθειρε δὲ ἡ κόλασις αὐτοῦ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγγέλματα ἀλλ᾿, εἰ δεῖ ουτως ὀνομάσαι, εἰς γνῶσιν αὐτὰ ἤγαγεν· ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· „ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει· ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει.“ ἀποθανὼν οὖν „ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου“ Ἰησοῦς „πολὺν καρπὸν“ ἤνεγκε, καὶ ἀεὶ ὁ πατὴρ προνοεῖ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ κόκκου „τοῦ σίτου“ γεγενημένων καὶ γινομένων ἔτι καὶ ἐσομένων καρπῶν. ὅσιος οὖν πατὴρ ὁ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πατὴρ, „τοῦ ἰδίου“ μὴ φεισάμενος „υἱοῦ“ „ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων“ παραδοὺς „αὐτὸν“ ἀμνὸν ὄντα ἑαυτοῦ. ἵν᾿ ἄρῃ „τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου“ ὁ ὑπὲρ παντὸς αὐτοῦ ἀποθνῄσκων „ἀμνὸς θεοῦ“· δι᾿ ὃν οὐκ ἀναγκαζόμενος ἀλλ᾿ ἑκὼν ὑπέμεινε τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑβριστῶν αὐτῷ προσαγόμενα.

εἶτα μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Κέλσος, ἐπαναλαμβάνων τὸν πρὸς τοὺς βλασφημοῦντας τὰ ἀγάλματα λόγον, φησίν· οἵδε δὲ, οὓς σὺ βλασφημεῖς, ἐνῆν μὲν εἰπεῖν ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ βούλονται (καὶ) διὰ τοῦτ᾿ ἀνέχονται βλασφημούμενοι· τὰ γὰρ ἴσα τοῖς ἴσοις παραβαλεῖν κράτιστον· ἀλλ᾿ οὗτοί γε καὶ σφόδρα ἀμύνονται τὸν βλασφημοῦντα, ἤτοι γε φεύγοντα διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κρυπτόμενον ἢ ἁλισκόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον. οὐ βλασφημοῦντας ουν ἀλλ᾿ ἀπελαύνοντας ἀπὸ τῶν ξοάνων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σωμάτων καὶ ψυχῶν Χριστιανοὺς ἀμύνεσθαι νομίζουσιν οἱ δαίμονες. μὴ νοῶν γὰρ τὸ γινόμενον ἀληθές τι κατὰ τὸν τόπον ὁ Κέλσος εἴρηκεν· ἀληθὲς γὰρ τὸ φαύλων δαιμόνων πληρουμένας τὰς τῶν καταδικαζόντων Χριστιανοὺς ψυχὰς καὶ τῶν προδιδόντων καὶ τῶν εὐδοκούντων Χριστιανοῖς προσπολεμεῖν.

8.44 Chapter XLIV

But when the souls of those who die for the Christian faith depart from the body with great glory, they destroy the power of the demons, and frustrate their designs against men. Wherefore I imagine, that as the demons have learnt from experience that they are defeated and overpowered by the martyrs for the truth, they are afraid to have recourse again to violence. And thus, until they forget the defeats they have sustained, it is probable that the world will be at peace with the Christians. But when they recover their power, and, with eyes blinded by sin, wish again to take their revenge on Christians, and persecute them, then again they will be defeated, and then again the souls of the godly, who lay down their lives for the cause of godliness, shall utterly destroy the army of the wicked one. And as the demons perceive that those who meet death victoriously for the sake of religion destroy their authority, while those who give way under their sufferings, and deny the faith, come under their power, I imagine that at times they feel a deep interest in Christians when on their trial, and keenly strive to gain them over to their side, feeling as they do that their confession is torture to them, and their denial is a relief and encouragement to them. And traces of the same feeling may be seen in the demeanour of the judges; for they are greatly distressed at seeing those who bear outrage and torture with patience, but are greatly elated when a Christian gives way under it. Yet it is from no feeling of humanity that this arises. They see well, that, while “the tongues” of those who are overpowered by the tortures “may take the oath, the mind has not sworn.” And this may serve as an answer to the remark of Celsus: “But they severely punish one who reviles them, so that he must either flee and hide himself, or be taken and perish.” If a Christian ever flees away, it is not from fear, but in obedience to the command of his Master, that so he may preserve himself, and employ his strength for the benefit of others.

Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν διὰ χριστιανισμὸν ἀποθνῃσκόντων δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν μετ᾿ εὐκλείας ἀπαλλαττόμεναι τοῦ σώματος καθῄρουν τὴν δύναμιν τῶν δαιμόνων καὶ ἀτονωτέραν αὐτῶν ἐποίουν τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιβουλὴν, διὰ τοῦτο οἶμαι τῇ πείρᾳ μαθόντες οἱ δαίμονες ἑαυτοὺς ἡττωμένους καὶ κρατουμένους ὑπὸ τῶν μαρτύρων τῆς ἀληθείας ἐφοβήθησαν πάλιν ἥκειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀμύνεσθαι· καὶ οὕτως, ἕως ἐπιλάθωνται ὧν πεπόνθασι πόνων, εἰκὸς εἶναι τὴν τοῦ κόσμου πρὸς Χριστιανοὺς εἰρήνην. ἐπὰν δὲ συλλέξωνται τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας τυφλούμενοι πάλιν ἀμύνεσθαι θέλωσι καὶ Χριστιανοὺς διώκειν, πάλιν καθαιρεθήσονται· καὶ τότε πάλιν αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν εὐσεβούντων καὶ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν ἀποδυομένων τὰ σώματα καθελοῦσι τὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ στρατόπεδον.

ἐγὼ δ᾿ οἶμαι ὅτι αἰσθόμενοι οἱ δαίμονες ὅτι οἱ μὲν νικῶντες καὶ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν ἀποθνῄσκοντες καθαιροῦσιν αὐτῶν τὴν δυναστείαν οἱ δὲ διὰ τοὺς πόνους ἡττώμενοι καὶ τὴν θεοσέβειαν ἀρνούμενοι ὑποχείριοι ἐκείνοις γίνονται, ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε προσφιλονεικοῦσι τοῖς παραδιδομένοις Χριστιανοῖς, ὡς κολαζόμενοι μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ὁμολογίας αὐτῶν ἀναπαυόμενοι δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρνήσει αὐτῶν. καὶ ἔστιν γε τούτων ἴχνη θεάσασθαι καὶ ἐν τοῖς δικασταῖς, κολαζομένοις μὲν ὑπὸ τοῖς ὑπομένουσι τὰς αἰκίας καὶ τὰς βασάνους γαυρουμένοις δὲ, ὅταν Χριστιανὸς ἡττηθῇ. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ διὰ δοκοῦσαν αὐτοῖς φιλανθρωπίαν ταῦτα ποιοῦσι, σαφῶς ὁρῶντες ὅτι „ἡ“ μὲν „γλῶσσα“ τῶν νικωμένων ὑπὸ πόνου ὀμώμοκεν, „ἡ δὲ φρήν“ ἐστιν „ἀνώμοτος“ καὶ ταῦτα δ᾿ εἰς τὸ ἀλλ᾿ οὗτοί γε καὶ σφόδρα ἀμύνονται τὸν βλασφημοῦντα, ἤτοι φεύγοντα διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κρυπτόμενον ἢ ἁλισκόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον. κἂν φεύγῃ δέ τις Χριστιανὸς, οὐ διὰ δειλίαν φεύγει. ἀλλὰ τηρῶν ἐντολὴν τοῦ διδασκάλου καὶ ἑαυτὸν φυλάττων καθαρὸν ἑτέρων ὠφεληθησομένων σωτηρίᾳ.

8.45 Chapter XLV

Let us see what Celsus next goes on to say. It is as follows: “What need is there to collect all the oracular responses, which have been delivered with a divine voice by priests and priestesses, as well as by others, whether men or women, who were under a divine influence?—all the wonderful things that have been heard issuing from the inner sanctuary?—all the revelations that have been made to those who consulted the sacrificial victims?—and all the knowledge that has been conveyed to men by other signs and prodigies? To some the gods have appeared in visible forms. The world is full of such instances. How many cities have been built in obedience to commands received from oracles; how often, in the same way, delivered from disease and famine! Or again, how many cities, from disregard or forgetfulness of these oracles, have perished miserably! How many colonies have been established and made to flourish by following their orders! How many princes and private persons have, from this cause, had prosperity or adversity! How many who mourned over their childlessness, have obtained the blessing they asked for! How many have turned away from themselves the anger of demons! How many who were maimed in their limbs, have had them restored! And again, how many have met with summary punishment for showing want of reverence to the temples—some being instantly seized with madness, others openly confessing their crimes, others having put an end to their lives, and others having become the victims of incurable maladies! Yea, some have been slain by a terrible voice issuing from the inner sanctuary.” I know not how it comes that Celsus brings forward these as undoubted facts, whilst at the same time he treats as mere fables the wonders which are recorded and handed down to us as having happened among the Jews, or as having been performed by Jesus and His disciples. For why may not our accounts be true, and those of Celsus fables and fictions? At least, these latter were not believed by the followers of Democritus, Epicurus, and Aristotle, although perhaps these Grecian sects would have been convinced by the evidence in support of our miracles, if Moses or any of the prophets who wrought these wonders, or Jesus Christ Himself, had come in their way.

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς οὕτως ἔχοντα· τί δεῖ καταλέγειν ὅσα ἐκ χρηστηρίων τοῦτο μὲν προφῆται καὶ προφήτιδες τοῦτο δὲ ἄλλοι κάτοχοι καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες ἐνθέῳ φωνῇ προεῖπον; ὅσα δὲ ἐξ ἀδύτων αὐτῶν ἠκούσθησαν θαυμάσια; ὅσα δὲ ἐξ ἱερείων καὶ θυμάτων τοῖς χρωμένοις ἐδηλώθη, ὅσα δ᾿ ἐξ ἄλλων τεραστίων συμβόλων; τοῖς δ᾿ ἐναργῆ παρέστη φάσματα. μεστὸς τούτων ὁ πᾶς ἐστι βίος. πόσαι μὲν πόλεις ἐκ χρηστηρίων ὠρθώθησαν καὶ νόσους ἀπέθεντο καὶ λιμοὺς, πόσαι δ᾿ ἀμελήσασαι τούτων ἢ ἐκλαθόμεναι κακῶς ἐφθάρησαν; πόσαι δ᾿ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἐστάλησαν καὶ μετελθοῦσαι τὰ προσταχθέντα εὐδαιμόνησαν; πόσοι δυνάσται πόσοι δ᾿ ἰδιῶται παρὰ τοῦτο ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον ἀπήλλαξαν; πόσοι μὲν ἀπαιδίας δυσφοροῦντες ὧν ἐδεήθησαν σχόντες [πόσοι] δαιμόνων μῆνιν διέφυγον; πόσοι σωμάτων πηρώσεις ἰάθησαν; πόσοι δ᾿ αὖ πρὸς τοῖς ἱεροῖς ὑβρίσαντες αὐτίκα ἑάλωσαν, οἱ μὲν ἔκφρονες αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ κρατηθέντες οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐξαγγείλαντες (ἃ) ἔδρασαν οἱ δὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διειργασμένοι οἱ δὲ νόσοις ἀνηκέστοις ἐνδεθέντες; ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀδύτων φωνὴ βαρεῖα καθεῖλέν τινας. καὶ οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ταῦτα ὡς ἐναργῆ ὁ Κέλσος προφέρεται καὶ τὰ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀναγεγραμμένα τεράστια. εἴτ᾿ Ἰουδαϊκὰ εἴτε καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, μύθους εἶναι νενόμικε. τί γὰρ οὐχὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερά ἐστιν ἀληθῆ, ἃ (δὲ) λέγει Κέλσος ἀναπλάσματα μυθικά; οἷς οὐδ᾿ Ἑλλήνων φιλόσοφοι αἱρέσεις πεπιστεύκασιν, ὥσπερ ἡ Δημοκρίτου καὶ ἡ Ἐπικούρου καὶ ἡ Ἀριστοτέλους, τάχα ἂν πεπιστευκυῖαι διὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν τοῖς ἡμετέροις, εἰ παρατετεύχεισαν Μωϋσεῖ ἤ τινι τῶν τὰ παράδοξα ποιησάντων προφητῶν ἢ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Ἰησοῦ.

8.46 Chapter XLVI

It is related of the priestess of Apollo, that she at times allowed herself to be influenced in her answers by bribes; but our prophets were admired for their plain truthfulness, not only by their contemporaries, but also by those who lived in later times. For through the commands pronounced by the prophets cities were founded, men were cured, and plagues were stayed. Indeed, the whole Jewish race went out as a colony from Egypt to Palestine, in accordance with the divine oracles. They also, when they followed the commands of God, were prosperous; when they departed from them, they suffered reverses. What need is there to quote all the princes and private persons in Scripture history who fared well or ill according as they obeyed or despised the words of the prophets? If we refer to those who were unhappy because they were childless, but who, after offering prayers to the Creator of all, became fathers and mothers, let any one read the accounts of Abraham and Sarah, to whom at an advanced age was born Isaac, the father of the whole Jewish nation: and there are other instances of the same thing. Let him also read the account of Hezekiah, who not only recovered from his sickness, according to the prediction of Isaiah, but was also bold enough to say, “Afterwards I shall beget children, who shall declare Thy righteousness.” And in the fourth book of Kings we read that the prophet Elisha made known to a woman who had received him hospitably, that by the grace of God she should have a son; and through the prayers of Elisha she became a mother. The maimed were cured by Jesus in great numbers. And the books of the Maccabees relate what punishments were inflicted upon those who dared to profane the Jewish service in the temple at Jerusalem.

Ἡ μὲν Πυθία ἱστόρηται ὅτι καὶ νοθευθεῖσα ἔχρησέ ποτε· οἱ δὲ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν προφῆται οὐ μόνον ὑπὸ τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἐθαυμάσθησαν διὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν τῶν λεγομένων ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις. ἐκ γὰρ ὧν ἔχρησαν οἱ προφῆται καὶ πόλεις ὠρθώθησαν καὶ ἄνθρωποι ὑγιάσθησαν καὶ λιμοὶ ἐπαύσαντο. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς ἀποικίαν σαφῶς τὴν ἀπ᾿ Αἰγύπτου εἰς τὴν Παλαιστίνην κατὰ χρησμοὺς ἐλήλυθεν ὅλον τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος· ὅπερ μετελθὸν μὲν τὰ προσταχθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐδαιμόνησε σφαλὲν δὲ μετέγνω. τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν ὅσοι δυνάσται καὶ ὅσοι ἰδιῶται κατὰ τὰς ἱστορίας τῆς γραφῆς ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον προσέχοντες ταῖς προφητείαις ἢ ἀμελήσαντες ἀπήλλαξαν;

εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ ἀπαιδίας δεῖ λέγειν, ἐφ᾿ ᾗ δυσφοροῦντές τινες γεγόνασι πατέρες ἢ μητέρες, τὰς περὶ τούτου εὐχὰς ἀναπέμψαντες τῷ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργῷ, ἀναγνώτω τις τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῆς Σάῤῥας, ἐξ ὧν γέγονεν Ἰσαὰκ ἤδη γεγηρακότων. ὁ παντὸς τοῦ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους πατὴρ καὶ ἑτέρων παρὰ τούτους. ἀναγνώτω δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ Ἰεζεκίου, οὐ μόνον ἀπαλλαγὴν νόσου λαβόντος κατὰ τὰς Ἡσαΐου προφητείας ἀλλὰ καὶ τεθαῤῥηκότως εἰπόντος τό· „ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ νῦν παιδία ποιήσω. ἃ ἀναγγελεῖ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου.“ καὶ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ δὲ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ἡ ὑποδεξαμένη τὸν Ἐλισσαῖον, χάριτι θεοῦ προφητεύσαντα περὶ γενέσεως παιδὸς, κατὰ τὰς εὐχὰς τοῦ Ἐλισσαίου γέγονε μήτηρ. ἀλλὰ καὶ πηρώσεις ἰάθησαν μυρίαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. καὶ ἄλλοι πρὸς τῷ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἱερῷ τολμήσαντες ὑβρίσαι τὴν Ἰουδαϊκὴν θρησκείαν πεπόνθασι τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα ἐν τοῖς Μακκαβαϊκοῖς.

8.47 Chapter XLVII

But the Greeks will say that these accounts are fabulous, although two whole nations are witnesses to their truth. But why may we not consider the accounts of the Greeks as fabulous rather than those? Perhaps some one, however, wishing not to appear blindly to accept his own statements and reject those of others, would conclude, after a close examination of the matter, that the wonders mentioned by the Greeks were performed by certain demons; those among the Jews by prophets or by angels, or by God through the means of angels; and those recorded by Christians by Jesus Himself, or by His power working in His apostles. Let us, then, compare all these accounts together; let us examine into the aim and purpose of those who performed them; and let us inquire what effect was produced upon the persons on whose account these acts of kindness were performed, whether beneficial or hurtful, or neither the one nor the other. The ancient Jewish people, before they sinned against God, and were for their great wickedness cast off by Him, must evidently have been a people of great wisdom. But Christians, who have in so wonderful a manner formed themselves into a community, appear at first to have been more induced by miracles than by exhortations to forsake the institutions of their fathers, and to adopt others which were quite strange to them. And indeed, if we were to reason from what is probable as to the first formation of the Christian society, we should say that it is incredible that the apostles of Jesus Christ, who were unlettered men of humble life, could have been emboldened to preach Christian truth to men by anything else than the power which was conferred upon them, and the grace which accompanied their words and rendered them effective; and those who heard them would not have renounced the old-established usages of their fathers, and been induced to adopt notions so different from those in which they had been brought up, unless they had been moved by some extraordinary power, and by the force of miraculous events.

Ἀλλ᾿ ἐροῦσιν Ἕλληνες ταῦτα μύθους. καίτοι γε μαρτυρούμενα ὡς ἀληθῆ ὑπὸ ὅλων δύο ἐθνῶν. τί δὲ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον τὰ Ἑλλήνων μῦθοι η ταῦτα; εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁμόσε τις χωρήσας τῷ λόγῳ. ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ἀποκληρωτικῶς τὰ μὲν σφέτερα παραδέχεσθαι τοῖς δ᾿ ἀλλοτρίοις ἀπιστεῖν, φήσαι καὶ τὰ Ἑλλήνων ὑπό τινων γεγονέναι δαιμόνων καὶ τὰ Ἰουδαίων ἤτοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων, καὶ τὰ Χριστιανῶν δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ· φέρ᾿ ἅπαντα παραθῶμεν ἀλλήλοις καὶ τὸ τέλος ἴδωμεν τοῦ βουλήματος τῶν ἐνεργησάντων καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τούτου ὠφέλειαν ἢ βλάβην ἢ οὐδέτερα τῶν τὰς νομιζομένας εὐεργεσίας πεπονθότων, εἰ μὴ φιλόσοφον μὲν ὄψεται τὸ πάλαι Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος, πρὶν ἐξυβρίσωσιν εἰς τὸ θεῖον, ὑφ᾿ οὗ διὰ τὴν πολλὴν κακίαν ἐγκατελείφθησαν, παραδόξως δὲ συστάντας Χριστιανοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν μάλιστα ὑπὸ τῶν τεραστίων ἤπερ τῶν προτρεπτικῶν λόγων προσαγομένους τῷ καταλιπεῖν μὲν τὰ πάτρια αἱρεῖσθαι δὲ τὰ τῶν πατρίων ἀλλότρια. καὶ γὰρ, εἰ χρὴ καὶ τῷ εἰκότι χρῆσθαι λόγῳ περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆθεν Χριστιανῶν συστάσεως, φήσομεν ὅτι οὐ πιθανὸν οὔτε τοὺς Ἰησοῦ ἀποστόλους, ἄνδρας ἀγραμμάτους καὶ ἰδιώτας, ἄλλῳ τινὶ τεθαῤῥηκέναι πρὸς τὸ καταγγεῖλαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις χριστιανισμὸν ἢ τῇ δοθείσῃ αὐτοῖς δυνάμει καὶ τῇ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ εἰς τὰ δηλούμενα πράγματα χάριτι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀκροωμένους αὐτῶν μετατεθεῖσθαι ἐκ πατρίων πολυχρονίων ἐθῶν, μὴ ἀξιολόγου τινὸς δυνάμεως αὐτοὺς καὶ τεραστίων πραγμάτων μετακινησάντων ἐπὶ τὰ οὕτως ξένα καὶ ἀλλότρια τῶν συντρόφων αὐτοῖς δογμάτων.

8.48 Chapter XLVIII

In the next place, Celsus, after referring to the enthusiasm with which men will contend unto death rather than abjure Christianity, adds strangely enough some remarks, in which he wishes to show that our doctrines are similar to those delivered by the priests at the celebration of the heathen mysteries. He says, “Just as you, good sir, believe in eternal punishments, so also do the priests who interpret and initiate into the sacred mysteries. The same punishments with which you threaten others, they threaten you. Now it is worthy of examination, which of the two is more firmly established as true; for both parties contend with equal assurance that the truth is on their side. But if we require proofs, the priests of the heathen gods produce many that are clear and convincing, partly from wonders performed by demons, and partly from the answers given by oracles, and various other modes of divination.” He would, then, have us believe that we and the interpreters of the mysteries equally teach the doctrine of eternal punishment, and that it is a matter for inquiry on which side of the two the truth lies. Now I should say that the truth lies with those who are able to induce their hearers to live as men who are convinced of the truth of what they have heard. But Jews and Christians have been thus affected by the doctrines they hold about what we speak of as the world to come, and the rewards of the righteous, and the punishments of the wicked. Let Celsus then, or any one who will, show us who have been moved in this way in regard to eternal punishments by the teaching of heathen priests and mystagogues. For surely the purpose of him who brought to light this doctrine was not only to reason upon the subject of punishments, and to strike men with terror of them, but to induce those who heard the truth to strive with all their might against those sins which are the causes of punishment. And those who study the prophecies with care, and are not content with a cursory perusal of the predictions contained in them, will find them such as to convince the intelligent and sincere reader that the Spirit of God was in those men, and that with their writings there is nothing in all the works of demons, responses of oracles, or sayings of soothsayers, for one moment to be compared.

Εἶτ᾿ οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ὁ Κέλσος τὴν προθυμίαν τῶν μέχρι θανάτου ἀγωνιζομένων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἐξομόσασθαι χριστιανιασμὸν παρατιθέμενος ἐπιφέρει ὡσπερεὶ ἐξισῶν τὰ ἡμέτερα τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν τελεστῶν καὶ μυσταγωγῶν λεγομένοις καί φησι· μάλιστα μὲν, ὦ βέλτιστε, ὥσπερ σὺ κολάσεις αἰωνίους νομίζεις, οὕτως καὶ οἱ τῶν ἱερῶν ἐκείνων ἐξηγηταὶ τελεσταί τε καὶ μυσταγωγοί· ἃς σὺ μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπειλεῖς, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ σοί. πότερα γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀληθέστερα ἢ ἐπικρατέστερα, ἔξεστι σκοπεῖν. λόγῳ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἴσου περὶ τῶν σφετέρων σφίσιν ἑκάτεροι διαβεβαιοῦσθε· τεκμηρίων δὲ εἰ δέοι. πολλὰ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ἐναργῆ δεικνύουσιν ἔργα τε δαιμονίων τινῶν δυνάμεων καὶ χρηστηρίων καὶ ἐκ παντοδαπῶν μαντείων προκομίζοντες.

οὐκοῦν διὰ τούτων τὰς αἰωνίους κολάσεις ἐπ᾿ ἴσης βούλεται καὶ ἡμᾶς λέγειν καὶ τοὺς τελεστὰς καὶ ἐξετάζειν, ὁπότεροι μᾶλλον ἀληθεύουσιν. εἴποιμι δ᾿ ἂν ἀληθεύειν τοὺς δυνηθέντας διαθεῖναι τοὺς ἀκροατὰς τῶν λεγομένων οὕτως βιοῦντας, ὡς τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων. διατίθενται Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ Χριστιανοὶ περὶ τοῦ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν καλουμένου μέλλοντος αἰῶνος καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ γερῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς δικαίους κολάσεων δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτωλούς. δεικνύτω οὖν καὶ Κέλσος ἢ ὁ βουλόμενος, τίνες διετέθησαν περὶ αἰωνίων κολάσεων ὑπὸ τῶν τελεστῶν καὶ μυσταγωγῶν. εἰκὸς γάρ ἐστι τὸ βούλημα τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν λεγομένων εἶναι οὐ τὸ ἀφοσιοῦσθαι μόνον καὶ εἰπεῖν περὶ κολάσεων ἀλλὰ τὸ διαθεῖναι τοὺς ἀκούοντας πρὸς τὸ ὅση δύναμις φυλάξασθαι τὰ τῶν κολάσεων αἴτια αὐτοὺς ἐργάσασθαι. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ προφητεῖαι τοῖς μὴ παρέργως ἐντυγχάνουσι τῇ ἐν αὐταῖς προγνώσει ἱκαναί μοι εἶναι δοκοῦσι πρὸς τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν συνετῶς ἅμα καὶ εὐγνωμόνως ἀναγινώσκοντα ὅτι θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐκείνοις· αἷς οὐδὲν τῶν δεικνυμένων ἔργων δαιμονίων οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ χρηστηρίων δυνάμεων οὐδὲ τῶν μαντειῶν κἂν ἐπὶ ποσὸν παραβάλλεσθαι δύναται.

8.49 Chapter XLIX

Let us see in what terms Celsus next addresses us: “Besides, is it not most absurd and inconsistent in you, on the one hand, to make so much of the body as you do—to expect that the same body will rise again, as though it were the best and most precious part of us; and yet, on the other, to expose it to such tortures as though it were worthless? But men who hold such notions, and are so attached to the body, are not worthy of being reasoned with; for in this and in other respects they show themselves to be gross, impure, and bent upon revolting without any reason from the common belief. But I shall direct my discourse to those who hope for the enjoyment of eternal life with God by means of the soul or mind, whether they choose to call it a spiritual substance, an intelligent spirit, holy and blessed, or a living soul, or the heavenly and indestructible offspring of a divine and incorporeal nature, or by whatever name they designate the spiritual nature of man. And they are rightly persuaded that those who live well shall be blessed, and the unrighteous shall all suffer everlasting punishments. And from this doctrine neither they nor any other should ever swerve.” Now, as he has often already reproached us for our opinions on the resurrection, and as we have on these occasions defended our opinions in what seemed to us a reasonable way, we do not intend, at each repetition of the one objection, to go into a repetition of our defence. Celsus makes an unfounded charge against us when he ascribes to us the opinion that “there is nothing in our complex nature better or more precious than the body;” for we hold that far beyond all bodies is the soul, and especially the reasonable soul; for it is the soul, and not the body, which bears the likeness of the Creator. For, according to us, God is not corporeal, unless we fall into the absurd errors of the followers of Zeno and Chrysippus.

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς οὕτως λεγόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλσου πρὸς ἡμᾶς· ἔτι δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἄτοπα ὑμῶν ταῦτα, τὸ μὲν σῶμα ποθεῖν καὶ ἐλπίζειν ὅτι αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀναστήσεται ὡς οὐδὲν ἡμῖν τούτου κρεῖττον οὐδὲ τιμιώτερον, πάλιν δ᾿ αὐτὸ ῥίπτειν εἰς κολάσεις ὡς ἄτιμον; ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τοῦτο πειθομένοις καὶ τῷ σώματι συντετηκόσιν οὐκ ἄξιον τοῦτο διαλέγεσθαι· οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄγροικοι καὶ ἀκάθαρτοι καὶ χωρὶς λόγου τῇ στάσει συννοσοῦντες· τοῖς μήν γε τὴν ψυχὴν ἢ τὸν νοῦν (εἴτε πνευματικὸν τοῦτον ἐθέλουσι καλεῖν εἴτε πνεῦμα νοερὸν ἅγιον καὶ μακάριον εἴτε ψυχὴν ζῶσαν εἴτε θείας καὶ ἀσωμάτου φύσεως ἔκγονον ὑπερουράνιόν τε καὶ ἄφθαρτον εἴθ᾿ ὅ τι καὶ ὅ τι χαίρουσιν ὀνομάζοντες), τοῖς τοῦτο ἐλπίζουσιν ἕξειν αἰώνιον σὺν θεῷ, τούτοις διαλέξομαι. τοῦτο μέν γε ὀρθῶς νομίζουσιν, ὡς οἱ μὲν εὖ βιώσαντες εὐδαιμονήσουσιν, οἱ δὲ ἄδικοι πάμπαν αἰωνίοις κακοῖς συνέξονται· καὶ τούτου δὲ τοῦ δόγματος μήθ᾿ οὗτοι μήτ᾿ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων μηδείς ποτε ἀποστῇ † ἀποτείνοντες.

περὶ ἀναστάσεως δὴ εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἤδη πολλάκις ὀνειδίζει, ἀλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς τὸ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἡμῖν φανὲν εὔλογον, (ὡς) οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν, παραστήσαντες οὐ μέλλομεν πρὸς ἓν ἔγκλημα πολλάκις λεγόμενον πολλάκις ἀπολογεῖσθαι. συκοφαντεῖ δ᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος ὡς οὐδὲν τοῦ σώματος κρεῖττον οὐδὲ τιμιώτερον ἐν τῇ συστάσει ἡμῶν ἡγουμένους· ψυχὴν γὰρ παντὸς σώματος καὶ μάλιστα τὴν λογικήν φαμεν εἶναι πρᾶγμα τιμιώτερον, εἰ καὶ τὸ „κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος“ ψυχὴ μὲν χωρεῖ οὐδαμῶς δὲ τὸ σῶμα. οὐδὲ γὰρ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς σῶμα ὁ θεός· ἵνα μὴ περιπέσωμεν οἷς περιπίπτουσιν ἀτόποις οἱ τὰ Ζήνωνος καὶ Χρυσίππου φιλοσοφοῦντες.

8.50 Chapter L

But since he reproaches us with too great an anxiety about the body, let him know that when that feeling is a wrong one we do not share in it, and when it is indifferent we only long for that which God has promised to the righteous. But Celsus considers that we are inconsistent with ourselves when we count the body worthy of honour from God, and therefore hope for its resurrection, and yet at the same time expose it to tortures as though it were not worthy of honour. But surely it is not without honour for the body to suffer for the sake of godliness, and to choose afflictions on account of virtue: the dishonourable thing would be for it to waste its powers in vicious indulgence. For the divine word says: “What is an honourable seed? The seed of man. What is a dishonourable seed? The seed of man.” Moreover, Celsus thinks that he ought not to reason with those who hope for the good of the body, as they are unreasonably intent upon an object which can never satisfy their expectations. He also calls them gross and impure men, bent upon creating needless dissensions. But surely he ought, as one of superior humanity, to assist even the rude and depraved. For society does not exclude from its pale the coarse and uncultivated, as it does the irrational animals, but our Creator made us on the same common level with all mankind. It is not an undignified thing, therefore, to reason even with the coarse and unrefined, and to try to bring them as far as possible to a higher state of refinement—to bring the impure to the highest practicable degree of purity—to bring the unreasoning multitude to reason, and the diseased in mind to spiritual health.

Ἐπεὶ δ᾿ ὀνειδίζει ἡμῖν καὶ ὡς ποθοῦσι τὸ σῶμα, ἴστω ὅτι, εἰ μὲν ὁ πόθος φαῦλόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲν ποθοῦμεν, εἰ δὲ μέσον, ποθοῦμεν πάντα ὅσα θεὸς τοῖς δικαίοις ἐπαγγέλλεται. οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὴν τῶν δικαίων ἀνάστασιν ποθοῦμεν καὶ ἐλπίζομεν. νομίζει δὲ Κέλσος καὶ ἀνομολογούμενα ἡμᾶς ἑαυτοῖς ποιεῖν, ὅπου μὲν ἐλπίζουσι τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀνάστασιν, ὡς τῆς παρὰ θεοῦ τιμῆς ἀξίου. ὅπου δὲ ῥίπτουσιν αὐτὸ εἰς κολάσεις ὡς ἄτιμον. οὐδὲν οὖν ἄτιμον τὸ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν πάσχον καὶ δι᾿ ἀρετὴν περιστάσεις αἱρούμενον. ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶν ἄτιμον τὸ μετὰ κακίας ἐν ἡδοναῖς καταναλισκόμενον. φησὶ γοῦν καὶ ὁ θεῖος λόγος· „σπέρμα ἔντιμον ποῖον; σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου· σπέρμα ἄτιμον ποῖον; σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου.“

εἶτ᾿ οἴεται μὴ διαλέγεσθαι δεῖν τοῖς τὰ περὶ τοῦ σώματος ἐλπίζουσιν ὁ Κέλσος ὡς συντετηκόσιν ἀλόγως πράγματι ἀδυνάτῳ τυχεῖν τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν, ἀγροίκους καὶ ἀκαθάρτους αὐτοὺς καλῶν καὶ χωρὶς λόγου συνόντας τῇ στάσει(??) δέον ὡς φιλάνθρωπον καὶ τοῖς ἀγροικοτέροις βοηθεῖν. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ κοινωνικὸν περιγέγραπται ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων οὕτω καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγροικοτέρων ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπ᾿ ἴσης ὁ ποιήσας ἡμᾶς πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους πεποίηκε κοινωνικούς. ἄξιον οὖν διαλέγεσθαι καὶ ἀγροίκοις καὶ ὅση δύναμις μετάγειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ἀστειότερον καὶ ἀκαθάρτοις καὶ ποιεῖν αὐτοὺς, ὡς οἷόν τε ἐστὶ, καθαρωτέρους καὶ τοῖς χωρὶς λόγου ὅ τι(??)ποτ᾿ οὖν φρονοῦσι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν νοσοῦσιν, ἵνα μηκέτι χωρὶς λόγου τι πράττωσι μηδὲ τὴν ψυχὴν νοσήσωσι.

8.51 Chapter LI

In the next place, he expresses his approval of those who “hope that eternal life shall be enjoyed with God by the soul or mind, or, as it is variously called, the spiritual nature, the reasonable soul, intelligent, holy, and blessed;” and he allows the soundness of the doctrine, “that those who had a good life shall be happy, and the unrighteous shall suffer eternal punishments.” And yet I wonder at what follows, more than at anything that Celsus has ever said; for he adds, “And from this doctrine let not them or any one ever swerve.” For certainly in writing against Christians, the very essence of whose faith is God, and the promises made by Christ to the righteous, and His warnings of punishment awaiting the wicked, he must see that, if a Christian were brought to renounce Christianity by his arguments against it, it is beyond doubt that, along with his Christian faith, he would cast off the very doctrine from which he says that no Christian and no man should ever swerve. But I think Celsus has been far surpassed in consideration for his fellow-men by Chrysippus in his treatise, On the Subjugation of the Passions. For when he sought to apply remedies to the affections and passions which oppress and distract the human spirit, after employing such arguments as seemed to himself to be strong, he did not shrink from using in the second and third place others which he did not himself approve of. “For,” says he, “if it were held by any one that there are three kinds of good, we must seek to regulate the passions in accordance with that supposition; and we must not too curiously inquire into the opinions held by a person at the time that he is under the influence of passion, lest, if we delay too long for the purpose of overthrowing the opinions by which the mind is possessed, the opportunity for curing the passion may pass away.” And he adds, “Thus, supposing that pleasure were the highest good, or that he was of that opinion whose mind was under the dominion of passion, we should not the less give him help, and show that, even on the principle that pleasure is the highest and final good of man, all passion is disallowed.” And Celsus, in like manner, after having embraced the doctrine, “that the righteous shall be blessed, and the wicked shall suffer eternal punishments,” should have followed out his subject; and, after having advanced what seemed to him the chief argument, he should have proceeded to prove and enforce by further reasons the truth that the unjust shall surely suffer eternal punishment, and those who lead a good life shall be blessed.

Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀποδέχεται τοὺς τὴν ψυχὴν (??) τὸν νοῦν ἢ τὸ καλούμενον παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς πνευματικὸν ἢ λογικὸν πνεῦμα νοερὸν ἄγιον καὶ μακάριον ἢ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν ἐλπίζοντας ἕξειν αἰώνιον, καὶ σὺν θεῷ αὐτὸ ἔσεσθαι, προσίεται δὲ ὀρθῶς νομιζόμενον καὶ τὸ μὲν περὶ τῶν εὖ βιωσάντων ὡς εὐδαιμονησόντων δόγμα περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀδίκων ὡς πάμπαν αἰωνίοις κακοῖς συσχεθησομένων. καὶ τεθαύμακά γε τοῦ Κέλσου παρὰ πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ οὕτως ἐπιφερόμενον τοῖς προειρημένοις, ἐν ᾧ φησι· καὶ τούτου δὲ τοῦ δόγματος μήθ᾿ οὗτοι μήτ᾿ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων μηδείς ποτε ἀποστῇ. καὶ ἐχρῆν γε αὐτὸν ὁρᾶν κατὰ Χριστιανῶν γράφοντα, οἷς ἡ πᾶσα ὑπόθεσίς ἐστι τῆς πίστεως ὁ θεὸς καὶ αἱ διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ τῶν δικαίων ἐπαγγελίαι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀδίκων αἱ περὶ κολάσεως διδασκαλίαι, ὅτι τὸν ἀνατραπέντα Χριστιανὸν ἐκ τοῦ παραδέξασθαι τοὺς κατὰ Χριστιανῶν τοῦ Κέλσου λόγους εἰκός ἐστιν ἀποβαλόντα τὸν λόγον συναποβαλεῖν καὶ τὸ δόγμα, (οὗ), φησὶ. μήτε Χριστιανοὶ ἀποσταῖεν μήτε μηδεὶς ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων.

ἀλλὰ φιλανθρωπότερον οἶμαι Κέλσου Χρύσιππον πεποιηκέναι ἐν τῷ περὶ παθῶν θεραπευτικῷ, βουλόμενον θεραπεῦσαι τὰ πάθη ὡς κατεπείγοντα καὶ ἐνοχλοῦντα τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ψυχὴν προηγουμένως μὲν τοῖς δοκοῦσιν αὐτῷ ὑγιέσι λόγοις δευτέρως δὲ καὶ τρίτως κἂν τοῖς μὴ ἀρέσκουσι τῶν δογμάτων· „κἂν γὰρ τρία,“ φησὶν, „ᾖ γένη τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ οὕτω θεραπευτέον τὰ πάθη, οὐ περιεργαζόμενον ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς φλεγμονῆς τῶν παθῶν τὸ προκαταλαβὸν δόγμα τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ἐνοχλούμενον, μή πως τῇ ἀκαίρῳ περὶ τὴν ἀνατροπὴν τῶν προκαταλαβόντων τὴν ψυχὴν δογμάτων σχολῇ ἡ ἐγχωροῦσα θεραπεία παραπόληται.“ φησὶ δὲ ὅτι, „κἂν ἡδονὴ ᾖ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τοῦτο φρονῇ ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους κρατούμενος, οὐδὲν ἧττον αὐτῷ βοηθητέον καὶ παραδεικτέον ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἡδονὴν τἀγαθὸν καὶ τέλος τιθεμένοις ἀνομολογούμενόν ἐστι πᾶν πάθος.“

ἐχρῆν τοίνυν καὶ τὸν Κέλσον, ἅπαξ παραδέξασθαι λέγοντα τὰ περὶ τῶν εὖ βιωσάντων δόγματα ὡς εὐδαιμονησόντων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀδίκων ὡς πάμπαν αἰωνίοις κακοῖς συσχεθησομένων, ἀκολούθως ἑαυτῷ ποιεῖν καὶ, εἰ οἷόν τ᾿ ἦν, μετὰ τὸν φαινόμενον αὐτῷ προηγούμενον λόγον ἐπικατασκευάσαι καὶ διὰ πλειόνων ἀποδεῖξαι ὅτι ἀληθῶς οἱ ἄδικοι πάμπαν αἰωνίοις κακοῖς συσχεθήσονται καὶ οἱ εὖ βιώσαντες εὐδαιμονήσουσι.

8.52 Chapter LII

For we who have been persuaded by many, yea by innumerable, arguments to lead a Christian life, are especially anxious to bring all men as far as possible to receive the whole system of Christian truth; but when we meet with persons who are prejudiced by the calumnies thrown out against Christians, and who, from a notion that Christians are an impious people, will not listen to any who offer to instruct them in the principles of the divine word, then, on the common principles of humanity, we endeavour to the best of our ability to convince them of the doctrine of the punishment of the wicked, and to induce even those who are unwilling to become Christians to accept that truth. And we are thus anxious to persuade them of the rewards of right living, when we see that many things which we teach about a healthy moral life are also taught by the enemies of our faith. For you will find that they have not entirely lost the common notions of right and wrong, of good and evil. Let all men, therefore, when they look upon the universe, observe the constant revolution of the unerring stars, the converse motion of the planets, the constitution of the atmosphere, and its adaptation to the necessities of the animals, and especially of man, with all the innumerable contrivances for the well-being of mankind; and then, after thus considering the order of the universe, let them beware of doing ought which is displeasing to the Creator of this universe, of the soul and its intelligent principle; and let them rest assured that punishment shall be inflicted on the wicked, and rewards shall be bestowed upon the righteous, by Him who deals with every one as he deserves, and who will proportion His rewards to the good that each has done, and to the account of himself that he is able to give. And let all men know that the good shall be advanced to a higher state, and that the wicked shall be delivered over to sufferings and torments, in punishment of their licentiousness and depravity, their cowardice, timidity, and all their follies.

Καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς προηγουμένως μὲν διὰ τὰ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς πολλὰ καὶ μυρία κατὰ χριστιανισμὸν βιοῦν πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὅση δύναμις ὅλοις τοῖς Χριστιανῶν λόγοις οἰκειοῦν βουλόμεθα· ὅπου δὲ προκαταλαμβανομένους εὑρίσκομεν τῇ πρὸς Χριστιανοὺς διαβολῇ, ὡς μηδὲ παρέχειν τὰ ὦτα φαντασίᾳ τοῦ μηδὲ εὐσεβεῖς εἶναι Χριστιανοὺς τοῖς τὰ τοῦ θείου λόγου διδάσκειν ἐπαγγελλομένοις τινὰς, ἐκεῖ κατὰ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ὅση δύναμις ἱστάμεθα, ἵνα κἂν τὰ περὶ αἰωνίου κολάσεως ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσεβοῦντας δόγματα κατασκευάσαντες παραδέξασθαι ποιήσωμεν τὸν λόγον καὶ τοὺς μὴ θέλοντας χριστιανίζειν. οὕτω δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν εὖ βιωσάντων πεῖσμα ἐμποιεῖν θέλομεν, ὁρῶντες ὅτι πολλὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸν ὑγιῆ βίον καὶ οἱ τῆς πίστεως ἀλλότριοι ὁμοίως ἡμῖν λέγουσιν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας περὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν καὶ δικαίων (καὶ ἀδίκων) εὕροι τις ἂν πάντως ἀπολωλεκότα.

πάντες οὖν ἄνθρωποι, ὁρῶντες τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ τεταγμένην οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀπλανεῖ κίνησιν τῶν τε φερομένων ἐναντίως τῇ τοῦ κόσμου κινήσει λεγομένων πλανήτων τάξιν, ὁρῶντες δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀέρων καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον ζῴοις καὶ μάλιστα ἀνθρώποις κρᾶσιν καὶ τὴν ἀφθονίαν τῶν δι᾿ ἀνθρώπους δεδημιουργημένων. εὐλαβείσθωσαν δυσάρεστόν τι ποιῆσαι τῷ δημιουργῷ τοῦ παντὸς καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐν αὐταῖς νοῦ αὐτῶν, καὶ πεπείσθωσαν κολασθήσεσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις ἀχθήσεσθαι δὲ ἀνάλογον τοῖς κατορθωθεῖσιν ἢ τοῖς καθηκόντως ἀποδοθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἕκαστον οἰκονομοῦντος ἐπὶ τὰ ἀνάλογον τοῖς κατορθωθεῖσιν ἢ καθηκόντως ἀποδοθεῖσιν ἔργοις (γέρα)· καὶ πεπείσθωσαν πάντες ἄνθρωποι εὖ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς βελτίοσιν ἀπαλλάξοντες κακοὶ δὲ κακῶς πόνοις καὶ βασάνοις παραδοθησόμενοι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀδικήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀσελγείαις καὶ ἀκολασίαις ἔτι δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ (ἀν)ανδρίᾳ καὶ δειλίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ.

8.53 Chapter LIII

Having said so much on this subject, let us proceed to another statement of Celsus: “Since men are born united to a body, whether to suit the order of the universe, or that they may in that way suffer the punishment of sin; or because the soul is oppressed by certain passions until it is purged from these at the appointed period of time,—for, according to Empedocles, all mankind must be banished from the abodes of the blessed for 30,000 periods of time,—we must therefore believe that they are entrusted to certain beings as keepers of this prison-house.” You will observe that Celsus, in these remarks, speaks of such weighty matters in the language of doubtful human conjecture. He adds also various opinions as to the origin of man, and shows considerable reluctance to set down any of these opinions as false. When he had once come to the conclusion neither indiscriminately to accept nor recklessly to reject the opinions held by the ancients, would it not have been in accordance with that same rule of judging, if, when he found himself not disposed to believe the doctrines taught by the Jewish prophets and by Jesus, at any rate to have held them as matters open to inquiry? And should he not have considered whether it is very probable that a people who faithfully served the Most High God, and who ofttimes encountered numberless dangers, and even death, rather than sacrifice the honour of God, and what they believed to be the revelations of His will, should have been wholly overlooked by God? Should it not rather be thought probable that people who despised the efforts of human art to represent the Divine Being, but strove rather to rise in thought to the knowledge of the Most High, should have been favoured with some revelation from Himself? Besides, he ought to have considered that the common Father and Creator of all, who sees and hears all things, and who duly esteems the intention of every man who seeks Him and desires to serve Him, will grant unto these also some of the benefits of His rule, and will give them an enlargement of that knowledge of Himself which He has once bestowed upon them. If this had been remembered by Celsus and the others who hate Moses and the Jewish prophets, and Jesus, and His faithful disciples, who endured so much for the sake of His word, they would not thus have reviled Moses, and the prophets, and Jesus, and His apostles; and they would not have singled out for their contempt the Jews beyond all the nations of the earth, and said they were worse even than the Egyptians,—a people who, either from superstition or some other form of delusion, went as far as they could in degrading the Divine Being to the level of brute beasts. And we invite inquiry, not as though we wished to lead any to doubt regarding the truths of Christianity, but in order to show that it would be better for those who in every way revile the doctrines of Christianity, at any rate to suspend their judgment, and not so rashly to state about Jesus and His apostles such things as they do not know, and as they cannot prove, either by what the Stoics call “apprehensive perception,” or by any other methods used by different sects of philosophers as criteria of truth.

Τοσαῦτα δὲ καὶ εἰς τοῦτον εἰπόντες τὸν τόπον ἴδωμεν τοῦ Κέλσου καὶ ἄλλην λέξιν, οὕτως ἔχουσαν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ σώματι συνδεθέντες ἄνθρωποι γεγόνασιν, εἴτ᾿ οἰκονομίας τῶν ὅλων ἕνεκεν εἴτε ποινὰς ἁμαρτίας ἀποτίνοντες, εἴθ᾿ ὑπὸ (πα)θημάτων τινῶν τῆς ψυχῆς βαρυνθείσης, μέχρι ἂν ταῖς τεταγμέναις περιόδοις ἐκκαθαρθῇ· δεῖ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα τρίς μιν μυρίας ὥρας ἀπὸ μακάρων ἀλάλησθαι, γινομένην παντοίαν διὰ χρόνου ἰδέαν θνητῶν· πειστέον οὖν ὅτι παραδέδονταί τισιν ἐπιμεληταῖς τοῦδε τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου.

ὅρα δὴ καὶ ἐν τούτοις περὶ πόσων ἀνθρωπίνως ἀμφιβάλλων καὶ παραθέμενος πλειόνων δόγματα περὶ τῆς αἰτίας τῆς γενέσεως ἡμῶν ἐμφαίνει τινὰ εὐλάβειαν, μὴ τολμῶν ἀποφήνασθαί τι τούτων ψεῦδος εἶναι. ἆρ᾿ οὖν οὐκ ἦν κατὰ τὸν τοιοῦτον, καὶ ἅπαξ κρίναντα μήτε ὡς ἔτυχε συγκαταθέσθαι μήτε τολμηρῶς ἀθετῆσαι τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰουδαίων λόγου δηλουμένου παρὰ τοῖς ἐκείνων προφήταις καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, εἰ μὴ ἐβούλετο πιστεῦσαι, κἂν ἀμφιβάλλειν καὶ σκοπῆσαι ὅτι εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ τοὺς θεραπεύσαντας τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν καὶ ἕνεκεν τῆς εἰς τοῦτον τιμῆς καὶ εἰς τὰ πεπιστευμένα ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ νενομοθετῆσθαι πολλάκις μυρίους κινδύνους καὶ θανάτους ἀναδεξαμένους μὴ ὑπερεωρᾶσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῖς τινα ἐπιφάνειαν γεγονέναι, τὰ μὲν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης περὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα τέχνης ὑπερηφανήσασιν ἀναβαίνειν δὲ πειραθεῖσι τῷ λογισμῷ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεόν; ἐχρῆν δ᾿ αὐτὸν σκοπῆσαι ὅτι πάντ᾿ ἐφορῶν καὶ πάντ᾿ ἐπακούων ὁ κοινὸς πάντων πατὴρ καὶ δημιουργὸς τὴν ἑκάστου προαίρεσιν, ζητοῦσαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὐσεβεῖν βουλομένην, κατ᾿ ἀξίαν κρίνων καὶ τούτοις τινὰ ἀπονέμει καρπὸν τῆς προστασίας αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μᾶλλον αὔξωσιν ἣν ἅπαξ παρειλήφασι περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν. ταῦτα γὰρ εἰ ἐλογίσατο Κέλσος καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἰουδαίοις προφήτας καὶ Ἰησοῦν καὶ τοὺς καμόντας διὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ γνησίους μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ. οὐκ ἂν οὕτως διελοιδορήσαντο Μωϋσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ· οὐδὲ μόνους παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους ἀπεδοκίμαζον, λέγοντες αὐτοὺς εἶναι καὶ Αἰγυπτίων χείρονας, τῶν μέχρι ἀλόγων ζῴων εἴτε κατὰ δεισιδαιμονίαν εἴτε κατὰ οἱανδήποτ᾿ αἰτίαν ἢ πλάνην καταγαγόντων τὸ ὅσον ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον τιμήν.

ταῦτα δ᾿ εἰρήκαμεν οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀμφιβάλλειν προτρεπόμενοί τινας περὶ τοῦ κατὰ χριστιανισμὸν λόγου ἀλλὰ παριστάντες ὅτι τοῖς πάντῃ διαλοιδορουμένοις τῷ Χριστιανῶν λόγῳ αἱρετώτερόν ἐστι κἂν ἀμφιβάλλειν περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ οὕτω θρασέως λέγειν περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἢ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ἃ μὴ ἐπίστανται καὶ ἀποφαίνονται οὐ μετὰ τῆς καλουμένης παρὰ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς „καταληπτικῆς φαντασίας“ οὐδ᾿ ἀπ᾿ ἄλλου τινὸς κριτηρίου, περὶ οὗ ἑκάστη τῶν φιλοσόφων αἵρεσις τὸ φαινόμενον, ὡς ἔδοξε, κατεσκεύασεν.

8.54 Chapter LIV

When Celsus adds, “We must therefore believe that men are entrusted to certain beings who are the keepers of this prison-house,” our answer is, that the souls of those who are called by Jeremiah “prisoners of the earth,” when eager in the pursuit of virtue, are even in this life delivered from the bondage of evil; for Jesus declared this, as was foretold long before His advent by the prophet Isaiah, when he said that “the prisoners would go forth, and they that were in darkness would show themselves.” And Jesus Himself, as Isaiah also foretold of Him, arose as “a light to them that sat in darkness and in the shadow of death,” so that we may therefore say, “Let us break their bands asunder, and cast their cords from us.” If Celsus, and those who like him are opposed to us, had been able to sound the depths of the Gospel narratives, they would not have counselled us to put our confidence in those beings whom they call “the keepers of the prison-house.” It is written in the Gospel that a woman was bowed together, and could in no wise lift up herself. And when Jesus beheld her, and perceived from what cause she was bowed together, he said, “Ought not this daughter of Abraham, whom Satan has bound, lo, these eighteen years, to be loosed from this bond on the Sabbath day?” And how many others are still bowed down and bound by Satan, who hinders them from looking up at all, and who would have us to look down also! And no one can raise them up, except the Word, that came by Jesus Christ, and that aforetime inspired the prophets. And Jesus came to release those who were under the dominion of the devil; and, speaking of him, He said with that depth of meaning which characterized His words, “Now is the prince of this world judged.” We are, then, indulging in no baseless calumnies against demons, but are condemning their agency upon earth as destructive to mankind, and show that, under cover of oracles and bodily cures, and such other means, they are seeking to separate from God the soul which has descended to this “body of humiliation;” and those who feel this humiliation exclaim, “O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death?” It is not in vain, therefore, that we expose our bodies to be beaten and tortured; for surely it is not in vain for a man to submit to such sufferings, if by that means he may avoid bestowing the name of gods on those earthly spirits that unite with their worshippers to bring him to destruction. Indeed, we think it both reasonable in itself and well-pleasing to God, to suffer pain for the sake of virtue, to undergo torture for the sake of piety, and even to suffer death for the sake of holiness; for “precious in the sight of God is the death of His saints;” and we maintain that to overcome the love of life is to enjoy a great good. But when Celsus compares us to notorious criminals, who justly suffer punishment for their crimes, and does not shrink from placing so laudable a purpose as that which we set before us upon the same level with the obstinacy of criminals, he makes himself the brother and companion of those who accounted Jesus among criminals, fulfilling the Scripture, which saith, “He was numbered with transgressors.”

Εἶτ᾿ ἐπεί φησιν ὁ Κέλσος· πειστέον οὖν ὅτι παραδίδονταί τισιν ἐπιμεληταῖς τοῦδε τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου, λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτὸν ὅτι σπουδαία ψυχὴ καὶ λυθεῖσα ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς κακίας δεσμῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τῶν, ὡς ὠνόμασεν ὁ Ἱερεμίας, δεσμίων „γῆς“ διὰ τὸν εἰπόντα Ἰησοῦν, ὡς πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ προεῖπεν ὁ προφήτης Ἡσαΐας· τί δὲ προειπόντα ἢ „τοῖς δεσμίοις ἐξέλθετε καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ σκότῳ ἀνακαλυφθῆναι“; καὶ οὗτός γε ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ὡς ὁ αὐτὸς Ἡσαΐας περὶ αὐτοῦ προεῖπε, „καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου ἀνέτειλε φῶς,“ ὡς διὰ τοῦθ᾿ ἡμᾶς λέγειν· „διαῤῥήξωμεν τοὺς δεσμοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἀποῤῥίψωμεν ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν τὸν ζυγὸν αὐτῶν.“

εἰ δ᾿ ἐδύνατο ἀκοῦσαι τῆς βαθύτητος τῶν εὐαγγελίων ὁ Κέλσος καὶ οἱ παραπλησίως ἐκείνῳ καθ᾿ ἡμῶν διακείμενοι, οὐκ ἂν ἡμῖν συνεβούλευσεν οἷς ὠνόμασεν ἐπιμεληταῖς τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου πείθεσθαι. γέγραπται δὲ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὅτι „γυνή“ τις „ἦν συγκύπτουσα καὶ μὴ δυναμένη ἀνακύψαι εἰς τὸ παντελὲς.“ ἥντινα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν καὶ ὁρῶν παρὰ τίνα αἰτίαν συγκύπτει, οὐκ ἐπιτρεπομένη ἀνακύπτειν „εἰς τὸ παντελὲς,“ εἶπε· „ταύτην δὲ θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ οὖσαν, ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ σατανᾶς ἰδοὺ δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη, οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου;“ πόσοι δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι νῦν δεδεμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ συγκύπτουσιν, οὐ δυνάμενοι δι᾿ ἐκεῖνον „ἀνακύψαι εἰς τὸ παντελὲς,“ θέλοντα ἡμᾶς κάτω βλέπειν; καὶ οὐδείς γε αὐτοὺς ἀνορθοῖ εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπιδημήσας λόγος, καὶ πρότερον δὲ θεοφορήσας. καὶ ἦλθέ γε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλευθερῶσαι „πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου.“ καὶ περὶ ἐκείνου εἰπὼν μετά τινος πρεπούσης αὐτῷ βαθύτητος τό· „νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται.“

οὐ λοιδορούμεθα οὖν τοῖς τῇδε δαί μοσιν ἀλλ᾿ ἐλέγχομεν τὰς ἐπ᾿ ὀλέθρῳ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐνεργείας αὐτῶν, προφάσει χρησμῶν καὶ θεραπείας σωμάτων καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν χωρίσαι τοῦ θεοῦ βουλομένων τὴν ἐμπεσοῦσαν ψυχὴν εἰς „τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως“· ἥντινα οἱ νοήσαντες ἀναφθέγγονται τό· „ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος. τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου;“ ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ εἰκῇ παρέχομεν τὸ σῶμα στρεβλοῦν καὶ ἀποτυμπανίζειν· οὐ γὰρ εἰκῇ παρέχει τούτοις τὸ σῶμα (ὁ) ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τοὺς περιγείους δαίμονας ἀναγορεύεσθαι θεοὺς ἐπιβουλευόμενος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν σεβόντων αὐτούς. καὶ θεοφιλές γε τὸ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀποτυμπανίζεσθαι καὶ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν στρεβλοῦσθαι καὶ δι᾿ ὁσιότητα ἀποθνῄσκειν εὐλόγως εἶναι νενομίκαμεν. „τίμιος“ γὰρ „ἐνώπιον κυρίου ὁ θάνατος τῶν ὁσίων αὐτοῦ“· ἀγαθὸν δ᾿ εἶναί φαμεν καὶ τὸ μὴ φιλοζωεῖν. κακούργοις δὲ, εὐλόγως ὑπομένουσιν ἃ διὰ λῃστείαν πάσχουσιν, ἐξομοιῶν ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος καὶ μὴ αἰδούμενος τὴν τηλικαύτην πρόθεσιν παραπλησίαν ἀποφαίνει τῇ τῶν λῃστῶν διαθέσει, ἀδελφὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐν τούτοις ποιῶν τῶν „μετὰ ἀνόμων“ λογισαμένων τὸν Ἰησοῦν. ἐφ᾿ οἷς πεπλήρωται ἡ λέγουσα γραφὴ τό· „μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη.“

8.55 Chapter LV

Celsus goes on to say: “They must make their choice between two alternatives. If they refuse to render due service to the gods, and to respect those who are set over this service, let them not come to manhood, or marry wives, or have children, or indeed take any share in the affairs of life; but let them depart hence with all speed, and leave no posterity behind them, that such a race may become extinct from the face of the earth. Or, on the other hand, if they will take wives, and bring up children, and taste of the fruits of the earth, and partake of all the blessings of life, and bear its appointed sorrows (for nature herself hath allotted sorrows to all men; for sorrows must exist, and earth is the only place for them), then must they discharge the duties of life until they are released from its bonds, and render due honour to those beings who control the affairs of this life, if they would not show themselves ungrateful to them. For it would be unjust in them, after receiving the good things which they dispense, to pay them no tribute in return.” To this we reply, that there appears to us to be no good reason for our leaving this world, except when piety and virtue require it; as when, for example, those who are set as judges, and think that they have power over our lives, place before us the alternative either to live in violation of the commands of Jesus, or to die if we continue obedient to them. But God has allowed us to marry, because all are not fit for the higher, that is, the perfectly pure life; and God would have us to bring up all our children, and not to destroy any of the offspring given us by His providence. And this does not conflict with our purpose not to obey the demons that are on the earth; for, “being armed with the whole armour of God, we stand” as athletes of piety against the race of demons that plot against us.

Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις φησὶν ὁ Κέλσος· δυοῖν θάτερον αἱρεῖ λόγος. εἰ μὲν ἀπαξιοῦσι θεραπεύειν τὰ εἰκότα τούτων δὲ ἐπιστάτας, μήτ᾿ εἰς ἀνδρὸς ἰέναι μήτ᾿ ἄγεσθαι γυναῖκα μήτ᾿ ἀναιρεῖσθαι τέκνα μήτ᾿ ἄλλο πράττειν μηδὲν ἐν τῷ βίῳ. χωρεῖν δ᾿ ἔνθεν πασσυδὶ μηδὲν σπέρμα ἐλλειπομένους. ὡς αν ἐρημωθείη πάμπαν ἐπὶ γῆς τὸ τοιοῦτον γένος· εἰ δὲ καὶ γυναῖκας ἄξονται καὶ παῖδας ποιήσονται καὶ καρπῶν γεύσονται καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ μεθέξουσι καὶ κακῶν τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων ἀνέξονται (φύσις μὲν γὰρ αὕτη πάντας ἀνθρώπους πειρᾶσθαι κακῶν· εἶναι μὲν γὰρ ἀνάγκη κακὰ, χώραν δ᾿ ἄλλην οὐκ ἔχει), ἀποδοτέον δὴ τὰς προσηκούσας τοῖς ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιτετραμμένοις τιμὰς καὶ τῷ βίῳ λειτουργητέον τὰ πρέποντα. μέχρι ἂν τῶν δεσμῶν ἀπολυθῶσι, μὴ καὶ ἀχάριστοι πρὸς τούσδε εἶναι δοκῶσι. καὶ γὰρ ἄδικον μετέχοντας ὧν οἵδε ἔχουσι μηδὲν αὐτοῖς συντελεῖν.

φαμὲν δὲ καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι εὔλογος ἐξαγωγὴ οὐδεμία ἡμῖν εἶναι δοκεῖ εἰ μὴ ἡ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν καὶ ἀρετὴν μόνη. ἐπὰν ὑπὸ τῶν δικάζειν νομιζομένων ἢ ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ζῆν ἡμῶν ἔχειν δοκούντων τὸ ἕτερον προτείνηται, ἢ τὸ ζῆν μετὰ τοῦ παρὰ τὰ διατεταγμένα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πράττειν ἢ τὸ ἀποθνῄσκειν μετὰ τοῦ πείθεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄγεσθαι γυναῖκα ἐπέτρεψεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς, ὡς οὐ πάντων χωρούντων τὸ διαφέρον τουτέστι τὸ πάντῃ καθαρὸν, καὶ ἀγομένοις γυναῖκας τὰ γεννώμενα πάντως τρέφειν καὶ μὴ ἀναιρεῖν τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας διδόμενα τέκνα. καὶ οὐ μάχεται ταῦτα τῷ μὴ πείθεσθαι ἡμᾶς τοῖς νεμομένοις τὴν γῆν δαιμονίοις· ὁπλισάμενοι γὰρ τῇ πανοπλίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἱστάμεθα ὡς ἀθληταὶ εὐσεβείας πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἡμῖν δαιμόνων γένος.

8.56 Chapter LVI

Although, therefore, Celsus would, in his own words, “drive us with all haste out of life,” so that “such a race may become extinct from the earth;” yet we, along with those who worship the Creator, will live according to the laws of God, never consenting to obey the laws of sin. We will marry if we wish, and bring up the children given to us in marriage; and if need be, we will not only partake of the blessings of life, but bear its appointed sorrows as a trial to our souls. For in this way is divine Scripture accustomed to speak of human afflictions, by which, as gold is tried in the fire, so the spirit of man is tried, and is found to be worthy either of condemnation or of praise. For those things which Celsus calls evils we are therefore prepared, and are ready to say, “Try me, O Lord, and prove me; purge my reins and my heart.” For “no one will be crowned,” unless here upon earth, with this body of humiliation, “he strive lawfully.” Further, we do not pay honours supposed to be due to those whom Celsus speaks of as being set over the affairs of the world. For we worship the Lord our God, and Him only do we serve, and desire to be followers of Christ, who, when the devil said to Him, “All these things will I give thee if thou wilt fall down and worship me,” answered him by the words, “Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” Wherefore we do not render the honour supposed to be due to those who, according to Celsus, are set over the affairs of this world; for “no man can serve two masters,” and we “cannot serve God and mammon,” whether this name be applied to one or more. Moreover, if any one “by transgressing the law dishonours the lawgiver,” it seems clear to us that if the two laws, the law of God and the law of mammon, are completely opposed to each other, it is better for us by transgressing the law of mammon to dishonour mammon, that we may honour God by keeping His law, than by transgressing the law of God to dishonour God, that by obeying the law of mammon we may honour mammon.

Κἂν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ οὖν λόγῳ πασσυδὶ ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμπῃ τοῦ βίου ὁ Κέλσος, ἵν᾿, ὡς νομίζει, ἐρημωθῇ πάμπαν ἐπὶ γῆς τὸ τοιοῦτον ἡμῶν γένος, ἀλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς τοῦ κτίσαντος ἡμᾶς κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ βιώσομεν νόμους, οὐδαμῶς δουλεύειν θέλοντες τοῖς τῆς ἁμαρτίας νόμοις. καὶ γυναῖκας. ἐὰν βουλώμεθα, ἀξόμεθα καὶ παῖδας διδομένους ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς γάμοις ἡμῶν ληψόμεθα. ἐὰν δὲ δέῃ, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ μεθέξομεν, ἀνεχόμενοι τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων κακῶν· ὡς πειρασμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς. οὕτως γὰρ ἔθος τοῖς θείοις ὀνομάζειν λόγοις τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν ἀνθρώποις· ἐν οἷς ὡς χρυσὸς ἐν πυρὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου βασανιζομένη ψυχὴ ἤτοι ἐλέγχεται ἢ θαυμαστὴ εἶναι ἀναφαίνεται. καὶ οὕτως γε πρὸς ἃ λέγει κακὰ Κέλσος παρεσκευάσμεθα, ὥστε καὶ λέγειν ἡμᾶς· „δοκίμασόν με. κύριε, καὶ πείρασόν με, πύρωσον τοὺς νεφρούς μου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν μου.“ καὶ γὰρ οὐδεὶς „στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως“ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς μετὰ σώματος τοῦ „τῆς ταπεινώσεως“ „ἀθλήσῃ.“

πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδὲ ἀποδίδομεν τὰς νομιζομένας προσήκειν τιμὰς οἷς λέγει Κέλσος τὰ τῇδε ἐπιτετράφθαι. „κύριον“ γὰρ „τὸν θεὸν“ ἡμῶν προσκυνοῦμεν „καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ“ λατρεύομεν, εὐχόμενοι μιμηταὶ Χριστοῦ γίνεσθαι. ὃς τῷ εἰπόντι αὐτῷ διαβόλῳ· „ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι“ εἶπε τό· „κύριον τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.“ καὶ διὸ τοῦτό γε τὰς νομιζομένας προσήκειν τιμὰς οἷς φησι Κέλσος τὰ τῇδε ἐπιτετράφθαι οὐκ ἀποδίδομεν, ἐπεὶ „οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν“ καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἅμα „θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ,“ εἴθ᾿ ὅ τι ποτὲ ἓν ἢ πλείονα καλουμένῳ. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ „διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου“ ἀτιμάζει τις τὸν νομοθετοῦντα, σαφὲς ἡμῖν φαίνεται ὅτι δύο νόμων ἐναντιότητα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐχόντων. τοῦ νόμου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ μαμωνᾶ. αἱρετώτερον ἡμᾶς „διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου“ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τὸν μαμωνᾶν ἀτιμάζειν, ἵνα διὰ τῆς τηρήσεως τοῦ νόμου τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν θεὸν τιμήσωμεν, ἢ „διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου“ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν θεὸν ἀτιμάζειν, ἵνα τηρήσει τοῦ νόμου τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τὸν μαμωνᾶν τιμήσωμεν.

8.57 Chapter LVII

Celsus supposes that men “discharge the duties of life until they are loosened from its bonds,” when, in accordance with commonly received customs, they offer sacrifices to each of the gods recognised in the state; and he fails to perceive the true duty which is fulfilled by an earnest piety. For we say that he truly discharges the duties of life who is ever mindful who is his Creator, and what things are agreeable to Him, and who acts in all things so that he may please God. Again, Celsus wishes us to be thankful to these demons, imagining that we owe them thank-offerings. But we, while recognising the duty of thankfulness, maintain that we show no ingratitude by refusing to give thanks to beings who do us no good, but who rather set themselves against us when we neither sacrifice to them nor worship them. We are much more concerned lest we should be ungrateful to God, who has loaded us with His benefits, whose workmanship we are, who cares for us in whatever condition we may be, and who has given us hopes of things beyond this present life. And we have a symbol of gratitude to God in the bread which we call the Eucharist. Besides, as we have shown before, the demons have not the control of those things which have been created for our use; we commit no wrong, therefore, when we partake of created things, and yet refuse to offer sacrifices to beings who have no concern with them. Moreover, as we know that it is not demons, but angels, who have been set over the fruits of the earth, and over the birth of animals, it is the latter that we praise and bless, as having been appointed by God over the things needful for our race; yet even to them we will not give the honour which is due to God. For this would not be pleasing to God, nor would it be any pleasure to the angels themselves to whom these things have been committed. Indeed, they are much more pleased if we refrain from offering sacrifices to them than if we offer them; for they have no desire for the sacrificial odours which rise from the earth.

Κέλσος μὲν οὖν οἴεται τῷ βίῳ λειτουργεῖν τὰ πρέποντα. μέχρι ἂν τῶν δεσμῶν ἀπολυθῶσιν ἄνθρωποι, ἐπὰν κατὰ τὰ νενομισμένα τοῖς πολλοῖς τὰς θυσίας τις ἀποδιδῷ ἑκάστῳ τῶν κατὰ πόλιν νομιζομένων θεῶν, οὐ νοήσας τὸ ἀληθῶς πρέπον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκριβοῦς εὐσεβείας ὑπολαμβανόμενον· ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν τῷ βίῳ λειτουργεῖν μετὰ τῶν πρεπόντων τὸν μεμνημένον, τίς τε ὁ δημιουργήσας καὶ τίνα τὰ ἐκείνῳ φίλα, καὶ πάντα πράττοντα πρὸς τὸ φίλον τῷ θεῷ.

καὶ πάλιν Κέλσος μὲν οὐ θέλει ἡμᾶς ἀχαρίστους εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς τῇδε δαίμονας, οἰόμενος ἡμᾶς ὀφείλειν αὐτοῖς χαριστήρια· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ τρανοῦντες τὸν περὶ εὐχαριστίας λόγον φαμὲν πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν εὐεργετοῦντας ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἱσταμένους μηδὲν ἀχάριστον ἡμᾶς ποιεῖν, ὅταν αὐτοῖς μὴ θύωμεν ἀλλὰ μηδὲ θεραπεύωμεν αὐτούς. ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀχάριστοι εἶναι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν περιϊστάμεθα, οὗ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν πλήρεις ἐσμὲν, καὶ δημιουργήματα ὄντες αὐτοῦ καὶ προνοούμενοι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κριθέντες ὅπως ποτὲ εἶναι καὶ ἔξω τοῦ βίου τὰς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίδας ἐκδεχόμενοι. ἔστι δὲ καὶ σύμβολον ἡμῖν τῆς πρὸς θεὸν εὐχαριστίας ἄρτος „εὐχαριστία“ καλούμενος.

ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ δαίμονες ἔχουσιν, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω ἐλέγομεν, τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν πρὸς τὰς ἡμετέρας χρείας δεδημιουργημένων· διὸ οὐδ᾿ ἄδικόν τι πράττομεν μετέχοντες τῶν δημιουργημάτων καὶ τοῖς μὴ προσήκουσιν αὐτοῖς μὴ θύοντες. κἂν ἴδωμεν δὲ μὴ δαίμονάς τινας ἀγγέλους δὲ τεταγμένους ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς γῆς καρπῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ζῴων γενέσεως, εὐφημοῦμεν αὐτοὺς καὶ μακαρίζομεν, ἐγχειρισθέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ χρήσιμα τῷ γένει ἡμῶν· οὐ μὴν τὴν ὀφειλομένην πρὸς θεὸν τιμὴν τούτοις ἀπονέμομεν, οὔτε γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοῦτο βούλεται οὔτ᾿ αὐτοὶ οἱ τὰ τοιάδε ἐγκεχειρισμένοι. καὶ ἀποδέχονταί γε ἡμᾶς φυλασσομένους αὐτοῖς θύειν ἢ θύοντας· οὐδὲ γὰρ χρῄζουσιν ἐκεῖνοι τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς ἀναθυμιωμένων.

8.58 Chapter LVIII

Celsus goes on to say: “Let any one inquire of the Egyptians, and he will find that everything, even to the most insignificant, is committed to the care of a certain demon. The body of man is divided into thirty-six parts, and as many demons of the air are appointed to the care of it, each having charge of a different part, although others make the number much larger. All these demons have in the language of that country distinct names; as Chnoumen, Chnachoumen, Cnat, Sicat, Biou, Erou, Erebiou, Ramanor, Reianoor, and other such Egyptian names. Moreover, they call upon them, and are cured of diseases of particular parts of the body. What, then, is there to prevent a man from giving honour to these or to others, if he would rather be in health than be sick, rather have prosperity than adversity, and be freed as much as possible from all plagues and troubles?” In this way, Celsus seeks to degrade our souls to the worship of demons, under the assumption that they have possession of our bodies, and that each one has power over a separate member. And he wishes us on this ground to put confidence in these demons of which he speaks, and to serve them, in order that we may be in health rather than be sick, have prosperity rather than adversity, and may as far as possible escape all plagues and troubles. The honour of the Most High God, which cannot be divided or shared with another, is so lightly esteemed by him, that he cannot believe in the ability of God, if called upon and highly honoured, to give to those who serve Him a power by which they may be defended from the assaults directed by demons against the righteous. For he has never beheld the efficacy of those words, “in the name of Jesus,” when uttered by the truly faithful, to deliver not a few from demons and demoniacal possessions and other plagues.

Μετὰ ταῦτά φησιν ὁ Κέλσος τοιαῦτα· ὅτι μὴν ἐν τοῖσδε μέχρι τῶν ἐλαχίστων ἔστιν ὅτῳ δέδοται ἐξουσία. μάθοι τις ἂν ἐξ ὧν Αἰγύπτιοι λέγουσιν. ὅτι ἄρα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ σῶμα ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα διειληφότες δαίμονες ἢ θεοί τινες αἰθέριοι εἰς τοσαῦτα μέρη νενεμημένον (οἱ δὲ καὶ πολὺ πλείους λέγουσιν) ἄλλος ἄλλο τι αὐτοῦ νέμειν ἐπιτέτακται. καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων ἴσασι τὰ ὀνόματα ἐπιχωρίῳ φωνῇ, ὥσπερ Χνουμὴν καὶ Χναχουμὴν καὶ Κνὰτ καὶ Σικὰτ καὶ Βιοὺ καὶ Ἐροὺ καὶ Ἐρεβίου καὶ Ῥαμανὸρ καὶ Ῥειανοὸρ ὅσα τε ἄλλα τῇ ἑαυτῶν γλώσσῃ ὀνομάζουσι· καὶ δὴ ἐπικαλοῦντες αὐτοὺς ἰῶνται τῶν μερῶν τὰ παθήματα. τί ουν κωλύει τούτους τε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους δεξιούμενον, ἂν χρῄζῃ τις, ὑγιαίνειν μᾶλλον ἢ νοσεῖν καὶ εὐτυχεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ δυστυχεῖν καὶ βασανιστηρίων καὶ κολαστηρίων ὡς οἷόν τε ἀπηλλάχθαι;

καὶ διὰ τούτων δὴ κατάγειν ἡμῶν πειρώμενος τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ Κέλσος ἐπὶ τοὺς δαίμονας, ὡς λαχόντας ἡμῶν τὰ σώματα, καὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον ἐπιστατεῖν ἀποφαινόμενος μέρους τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν θέλει ἡμᾶς πιστεύειν μὲν οἷς λέγει δαιμονίοις καὶ θεραπεύειν αὐτὰ, ἵνα ὑγιαίνωμεν μᾶλλον ἢ νοσῶμεν καὶ εὐτυχῶμεν μᾶλλον ἢ δυστυχῶμεν καὶ ὅση δύναμις βασανιστηρίων, ὡς οἷόν τε ἐστὶν, ἀπαλλαγῶμεν, τοσοῦτον δ᾿ ἄρα κατέγνωκε τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν τῶν ολων ἀσχίστου καὶ ἀδιαιρέτου τιμῆς, ὡς μὴ αὐτάρκη πιστεύων τὸν θεὸν μόνον προσκυνούμενον καὶ μεγαλοφώνως τιμώμενον παρέχειν τῷ τιμῶντι ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σέβειν αὐτὸν δύναμιν κωλυτικὴν τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων κατὰ τοῦ ὁσίου ἐπιβουλῆς· οὐ γὰρ ἑώρακε. τίνα τρόπον τὸ ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν γνησίως πιστευόντων καλούμενον οὐκ ὀλίγους ἀπὸ νόσων καὶ δαιμονισμῶν καὶ ἄλλων περιστάσεων ἰάσατο.

8.59 Chapter LIX

Probably those who embrace the views of Celsus will smile at us when we say, “At the name of Jesus every knee shall bow, of things in heaven, of things on earth, and of things under the earth, and every tongue” is brought to “confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” But although they may ridicule such a statement, yet they will receive much more convincing arguments in support of it than Celsus brings in behalf of Chnoumen, Chnachoumen, Cnat, Sicat, and the rest of the Egyptian catalogue, whom he mentions as being called upon, and as healing the diseases of different parts of the human body. And observe how, while seeking to turn us away from our faith in the God of all through Jesus Christ, he exhorts us for the welfare of our bodies to faith in six-and-thirty barbarous demons, whom the Egyptian magi alone call upon in some unknown way, and promise us in return great benefits. According to Celsus, then, it would be better for us now to give ourselves up to magic and sorcery than to embrace Christianity, and to put our faith in an innumerable multitude of demons than in the almighty, living, self-revealing God, who has manifested Himself by Him who by His great power has spread the true principles of holiness among all men throughout the world; yea, I may add without exaggeration, He has given this knowledge to all beings everywhere possessed of reason, and needing deliverance from the plague and corruption of sin.

Εἰκὸς δ᾿ ὅτι γελάσεται μὲν ὁ τὰ Κέλσου ἀσπαζόμενος, λεγόντων ἡμῶν ὅτι „ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ὑπάγεται τῷ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός“· γελάσας δὲ ἐνεργεστέρας ἀποδείξεις λήψεται ταῦθ᾿ οὕτως ἔχειν ἢ περὶ ἇν ὀνομάτων ἱστορεῖ τοῦ Χνουμὴν καὶ τοῦ Χναχουμὴν καὶ τοῦ Κνὰτ καὶ τοῦ Σικὰτ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τοῦ Αἰγυπτιακοῦ καταλόγου, ὡς καλουμένων καὶ ἰωμένων τὰ τῶν μερῶν παθήματα. καὶ ὅρα γε, τίνα τρόπον ἡμᾶς ἀποτρέπων πιστεύειν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπὶ πίστιν διὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν θεραπείαν καλεῖ ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα βαρβαρικῶν δαιμόνων. οὓς μόνοι Αἰγυπτίων μάγοι κα- λοῦντες οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως ἐπαγγέλλονται ἡμῖν τὰ κρείττονα. ὥρα δ᾿ ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον μαγγανεύειν μᾶλλον καὶ γοητεύειν ἤπερ χριστιανίζειν, καὶ ἀπείρῳ τινὶ ἀριθμῷ δαιμόνων μᾶλλον πιστεύειν ἢ τῷ αὐτόθεν ἐμφανεῖ καὶ ζῶντι καὶ ἐναργεῖ θεῷ τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι διὰ τοῦ πολλῇ δυνάμει ἐπισπείραντος τὸν καθαρὸν τῆς θεοσεβείας λόγον τῇ πάσῃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένῃ, οὐ ψεύσομαι δὲ προστιθεὶς καὶ λέγων ὅτι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λογικῶν καὶ δεομένων διορθώσεως καὶ θεραπείας καὶ μεταβολῆς τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας.

8.60 Chapter LX

Celsus, however, suspecting that the tendency of such teaching as he here gives is to lead to magic, and dreading that harm may arise from these statements, adds: “Care, however, must be taken lest any one, by familiarizing his mind with these matters, should become too much engrossed with them, and lest, through an excessive regard for the body, he should have his mind turned away from higher things, and allow them to pass into oblivion. For perhaps we ought not to despise the opinion of those wise men who say that most of the earth-demons are taken up with carnal indulgence, blood, odours, sweet sounds, and other such sensual things; and therefore they are unable to do more than heal the body, or foretell the fortunes of men and cities, and do other such things as relate to this mortal life.” If there is, then, such a dangerous tendency in this direction, as even the enemy of the truth of God confesses, how much better is it to avoid all danger of giving ourselves too much up to the power of such demons, and of becoming turned aside from higher things, and suffering them to pass into oblivion through an excessive attention to the body; by entrusting ourselves to the Supreme God through Jesus Christ, who has given us such instruction, and asking of Him all help, and the guardianship of holy and good angels, to defend us from the earth-spirits intent on lust, and blood, and sacrificial odours, and strange sounds, and other sensual things! For even, by the confession of Celsus, they can do nothing more than cure the body. But, indeed, I would say that it is not clear that these demons, however much they are reverenced, can even cure the body. But in seeking recovery from disease, a man must either follow the more ordinary and simple method, and have recourse to medical art; or if he would go beyond the common methods adopted by men, he must rise to the higher and better way of seeking the blessing of Him who is God over all, through piety and prayers.

Ὑπιδόμενος γοῦν ὁ Κέλσος τὸν εἰς μαγείαν ὄλισθον τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα μεμαθηκότων καὶ συναισθηθείς πως βλάβης περὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐσομένης φησίν· ἐκεῖνο μέντοι φυλακτέον, ὅπως μή τις συνὼν τούτοις τῇ θεραπείᾳ τῇ περὶ αὐτὰ συντακῇ, φιλοσωματήσας τε καὶ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποστραφεὶς λήθῃ κατασχεθῇ. χρὴ γὰρ ἴσως οὐκ ἀπιστεῖν ἀνδράσι σοφοῖς. οἳ δή φασι διότι τῶν μὲν περιγείων δαιμόνων τὸ πλεῖστον γενέσει συντετηκὸς καὶ προσηλωμένον αἵματι καὶ κνίσσῃ καὶ μελῳδίαις καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις προσδεδεμένον κρεῖττον οὐδὲν δύναιτ᾿ ἂν τοῦ θεραπεῦσαι σῶμα καὶ μέλλουσαν τύχην ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ πόλει προειπεῖν, καὶ ὅσα περὶ τὰς θνητὰς πράξεις ταῦτα ἴσασί τε καὶ δύνανται.

τηλικούτου οὖν ὀλίσθου περὶ τὸν τόπον ὄντος, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἐχθρὸς τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀληθείᾳ μαρτυρεῖ. πόσῳ βέλτιον χωρὶς πάσης ὑφοράσεως ὑπὲρ τοῦ συντακῆναι τοιούτοις δαίμοσιν ἢ φιλοσωματῆσαι καὶ τὰ κρείττονα ἀποστραφῆναι καὶ ὑπὸ λήθης τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων κατασχεθῆναι τὸ ἑαυτὸν ἐμπιστεῦσαι τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην ἡμῖν διδασκαλίαν ὑποθεμένου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου αἰτεῖν πᾶσαν βοήθειαν καὶ φρουρὰν τὴν ἀπὸ ἁγίων ἀγγέλων καὶ δικαίων, ἵν᾿ ἡμᾶς ῥύσωνται ἀπὸ τῶν περιγείων δαιμόνων καὶ γενέσει συντετηκότων καὶ αἵματι καὶ κνίσσῃ προσηλωμένων καὶ ἀλλοκότοις μελῳδίαις ἀγομένων καὶ ἄλλοις τοιούτοις προσδεδεμένων, ὁμολογουμένως μὲν καὶ κατὰ τὸν Κέλσον κρεῖττον οὐδὲν δυναμένων τοῦ θεραπεῦσαι τὸ σῶμα. ἐγὼ δ᾿ εἴποιμ᾿ ἂν ὅτι οὐδ᾿ ἐναργές ἐστι τὸ τοὺς δαίμονας τούτους ὅπως ποτὲ θεραπευομένους δύνασθαι θεραπεύειν τὰ σώματα· ἀλλὰ χρὴ τὴν θεραπείαν τῶν σωμάτων, εἰ μὲν ἁπλούστερον βούλοιτό τις ζῆν καὶ κοινότερον, ἐφόδῳ ἰατρικῇ θεραπεύειν, εἰ δὲ βέλτιον παρὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς. εὐσεβείᾳ τῇ εἰς τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν καὶ ταῖς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εὐχαῖς.

8.61 Chapter LXI

For consider with yourself which disposition of mind will be more acceptable to the Most High, whose power is supreme and universal, and who directs all for the welfare of mankind in body, and in mind, and in outward things,—whether that of the man who gives himself up to God in all things, or that of the man who is curiously inquisitive about the names of demons, their powers and agency, the incantations, the herbs proper to them, and the stones with the inscriptions graven on them, corresponding symbolically or otherwise to their traditional shapes? It is plain even to the least intelligent, that the disposition of the man who is simpleminded and not given to curious inquiries, but in all things devoted to the divine will, will be most pleasing to God, and to all those who are like God; but that of the man who, for the sake of bodily health, of bodily enjoyment, and outward prosperity, busies himself about the names of demons, and inquires by what incantations he shall appease them, will be condemned by God as bad and impious, and more agreeable to the nature of demons than of men, and will be given over to be torn and otherwise tormented by demons. For it is probable that they, as being wicked creatures, and, as Celsus confesses, addicted to blood, sacrificial odours, sweet sounds, and such like, will not keep their most solemn promises to those who supply them with these things. For if others invoke their aid against the persons who have already called upon them, and purchase their favour with a larger supply of blood, and odours, and such offerings as they require, they will take part against those who yesterday sacrificed and presented pleasant offerings to them.

Καὶ σὺ γὰρ σκόπησον παρὰ σαυτῷ, ποῖον παραδέξεται μᾶλλον ἦθος ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸς, καὶ δυνάμενος ὅσα ἄλλος οὐδεὶς πρὸς πάντα καὶ πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν ἀνθρώπων εἴτε περὶ ψυχὴν εἴτε περὶ σῶμα εἴτε περὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς, πότερον τὸν αὐτῷ περὶ πάντων ἀνακείμενον ἢ τὸν περιεργαζόμενον δαιμόνων ὀνόματα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ πράξεις καὶ ἐπῳδὰς καὶ βοτάνας οἰκείας δαίμοσι καὶ λίθους καὶ τὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς γλυφὰς, καταλλήλους ταῖς παραδιδομέναις εἴτε συμβολικαῖς εἴτε ὅπως ποτὲ μορφαῖς δαιμόνων. ἀλλὰ δῆλον τῷ καὶ ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον παρακολουθεῖν δυναμένῳ ὅτι τὸ ἄπλαστον μὲν καὶ ἀπερίεργον ἦθος διὰ τοῦτο θεῷ τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀνακείμενον ἀποδεκτὸν ἔσται θεῷ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκείνῳ οἰκειουμένοις· τὸ δὲ δι᾿ ὑγείαν σώματος καὶ φιλοσωματίαν καὶ τὴν ἐν μέσοις πράγμασιν εὐτυχίαν περιεργαζόμενον δαιμόνων ὀνόματα καὶ ζητοῦν. πῶς κηλήσει τισὶν ἐπῳδαῖς τοὺς δαίμονας, ὡς μοχθηρὸν καὶ ἀσεβὲς καὶ δαιμονικὸν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρωπικὸν καταλείψει ὁ θεὸς οἷς εἵλετο ὁ τὰ τοιάδε λέγων δαίμοσι, διασπαραχθησόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ὑφ᾿ ἑκάστου ὑποβαλλομένων λογισμῶν ἢ καὶ ἄλλων κακῶν. εἰκὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἅτε φαύλους ὄντας καὶ, ὡς Κέλσος ὡμολόγησε, προσηλωμένους αἵματι καὶ κνίσσῃ καὶ μελῳδίαις καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις μηδὲ πρὸς τοὺς ταῦτα αὐτοῖς χαριζομένους πίστιν τηρεῖν καὶ οἱονεὶ δεξιάς. ἄλλων γὰρ αὐτοὺς καλούντων κατὰ τῶν θεραπευσάντων καὶ πλείονος αἵματος καὶ κνίσσης καὶ ἧς δέονται θεραπείας ὠνουμένων αὐτῶν τὴν δουλείαν, ἐπιβουλεύσαιεν ἂν τῷ χθὲς αὐτοὺς θεραπεύσαντι καὶ τῆς φίλης αὐτοῖς θοίνης μεταδιδόντι.

8.62 Chapter LXII

In a former passage, Celsus had spoken at length on the subject of oracles, and had referred us to their answers as being the voice of the gods; but now he makes amends, and confesses that “those who foretell the fortunes of men and cities, and concern themselves about mortal affairs, are earth-spirits, who are given up to fleshly lust, blood, odours, sweet sounds, and other such things, and who are unable to rise above these sensual objects.” Perhaps, when we opposed the theological teaching of Celsus in regard to oracles, and the honour done to those called gods, some one might suspect us of impiety when we alleged that these were stratagems of demoniacal powers, to draw men away to carnal indulgence. But any who entertained this suspicion against us, may now believe that the statements put forth by Christians were well-founded, when they see the above passage from the writings of one who is a professed adversary of Christianity, but who now at length writes as one who has been overcome by the spirit of truth. Although, therefore, Celsus says that “we must offer sacrifices to them, in so far as they are profitable to us, for to offer them indiscriminately is not allowed by reason,” yet we are not to offer sacrifices to demons addicted to blood and odours; nor is the Divine Being to be profaned in our minds, by being brought down to the level of wicked demons. If Celsus had carefully weighed the meaning of the word “profitable,” and had considered that the truest profit lies in virtue and in virtuous action, he would not have applied the phrase “as far as it is profitable” to the service of such demons, as he has acknowledged them to be. If, then, health of body and success in life were to come to us on condition of our serving such demons, we should prefer sickness and misfortune accompanied with the consciousness of our being truly devoted to the will of God. For this is preferable to being mortally diseased in mind, and wretched through being separate and outcasts from God, though healthy in body and abounding in earthly prosperity. And we would rather go for help to one who seeks nothing whatever but the well-being of men and of all rational creatures, than to those who delight in blood and sacrificial odours.

Πολλὰ δὲ Κέλσος ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰπὼν. μέχρι χρηστηρίων καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ μαντεῖα αὐτῶν ἀναπέμψας ἡμᾶς ὡς θεῶν. νῦν κρεῖττον πεποίηκεν ὁμολογήσας ὅτι οἱ μέλλουσαν τύχην ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ πόλει προλέγοντες καὶ ὅσοι περὶ τὰς θνητὰς πράξεις περίγειοι δαίμονές εἰσι, γενέσει συντετηκότες καὶ προσηλωμένοι αἵματι καὶ κνίσσῃ καὶ μελῳδίαις καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις προσδεδεμένοι, κρεῖττον τούτων οὐδὲν δυνάμενοι. καὶ εἰκὸς ὅτι. ἡνίκα ἱστάμεθα πρὸς Κέλσον, θεολογοῦντα τὰ χρηστήρια καὶ τὰς παρὰ τοῖς νομιζομένοις θεοῖς θεραπείας, ἀσεβεῖς τις ἡμᾶς ὑπελάμβανε, τοὺς λέγοντας δαιμόνων εἶναι ταῦτ᾿ ἔργα. κατασπώντων εἰς τὰ γενέσεως πράγματα τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχάς· ἀλλὰ νῦν ὁ ἐκεῖνα περὶ ἡμῶν ὑπολαβὼν πειθέσθω καλῶς λεγομένοις τοῖς ὑπὸ Χριστιανῶν καταγγελλομένοις, ὁρῶν ὅτι καὶ ὁ κατὰ Χριστιανῶν γράφων ταῦτα νῦν ἐπὶ τέλει ὡσπερεὶ νικώμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας πνεύματος ἀνέγραψε.

κἂν λέγῃ οὖν Κέλσος τούτοις ἀφοσιωτέον, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον συμφέρει, πάντῃ γὰρ τοῦτο ποιεῖν οὐχ αἱρεῖ λόγος· οὐκ ἀφοσιωτέον δαιμονίοις. συντετηκόσι κνίσσαις καὶ αἵμασιν, οὔτε τὸ θεῖον ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν μολυντέον, κατάγουσιν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ μοχθηροὺς δαίμονας. εἰ δ᾿ ἠκριβώκει Κέλσος τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος ἔννοιαν καὶ ἑωράκει ὅτι τὸ κυρίως συμφέρον ἀρετή ἐστι καὶ ἡ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν πρᾶξις, οὐκ ἂν τὸ ἐφ᾿ ὅσον συμφέρει ἔταξεν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιῶνδε καὶ, ὡς αὐτὸς ὡμολόγησε, δαιμόνων. ἡμεῖς οὖν αἱρούμεθα. εἰ μέλλει διὰ θεραπείας τοιούτων δαιμόνων ἡ ὑγίεια ἡμῖν παραγίνεσθαι καὶ ἡ ἐν βιωτικοῖς εὐτυχία, νοσεῖν μᾶλλον καὶ ἐν βιωτικοῖς δυστυχεῖν μετὰ συνειδότος τοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τῶν ὅλων καθαρῶς εὐσεβοῦς, ἤπερ μετὰ τοῦ σχίζεσθαι καὶ ἀποπίπτειν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐσχάτως νοσεῖν καὶ κακοδαιμονεῖν ὑγιαίνειν τῷ σώματι καὶ ἐν βιωτικοῖς ἀπαλλάσσειν εὐτυχέστερον· καὶ τῷ ἀπροσδεεῖ γε παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν πλὴν τῆς ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας καὶ παντὸς λογικοῦ προσελθετέον. ἢ τοῖς χρῄζουσι κνίσσης καὶ αἵματος.

8.63 Chapter LXIII

After having said so much of the demons, and of their fondness for blood and the odour of sacrifices, Celsus adds, as though wishing to retract the charge he had made: “The more just opinion is, that demons desire nothing and need nothing, but that they take pleasure in those who discharge towards them offices of piety.” If Celsus believed this to be true, he should have said so, instead of making his previous statements. But, indeed, human nature is never utterly forsaken by God and His only-begotten Son, the Truth. Wherefore even Celsus spoke the truth when he made the demons take pleasure in the blood and smoke of victims; although, by the force of his own evil nature, he falls back into his errors, and compares demons with men who rigorously discharge every duty, even to those who show no gratitude; while to those who are grateful they abound in acts of kindness. Here Celsus appears to me to get into confusion. At one time his judgment is darkened by the influence of demons, and at another he recovers from their deluding power, and gets some glimpses of the truth. For again he adds: “We must never in any way lose our hold of God, whether by day or by night, whether in public or in secret, whether in word or in deed, but in whatever we do, or abstain from doing.” That is, as I understand it, whatever we do in public, in all our actions, in all our words, “let the soul be constantly fixed upon God.” And yet again, as though, after struggling in argument against the insane inspirations of demons, he were completely overcome by them, he adds: “If this is the case, what harm is there in gaining the favour of the rulers of the earth, whether of a nature different from ours, or human princes and kings? For these have gained their dignity through the instrumentality of demons.” In a former part, Celsus did his utmost to debase our souls to the worship of demons; and now he wishes us to seek the favour of kings and princes, of whom, as the world and all history are full of them, I do not consider it necessary to quote examples.

Κέλσος μὲν ουν οἶμαι μετὰ τοσούτους, οὓς εἶπε περὶ δαιμόνων δεομένων κνίσσης καὶ αἵματος λόγους, ὡσπερεὶ ἐπὶ μοχθηρίαν ἐρχόμενος παλινῳδίαν φησὶν ὅτι μᾶλλον οἰητέον τοὺς δαίμονας μηδενὸς χρῄζειν μηδὲ δεῖσθαί τινος ἀλλὰ χαίρειν τοῖς τὸ εὐσεβὲς δρῶσι πρὸς αὐτούς. ἐχρῆν δ᾿, εἰ τοῦτο ᾤετο εἶναι ἀληθὲς. ἐκεῖνα αὐτὸν μὴ τεθεικέναι, ταῦτα ἀπηλειφέναι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ πάντῃ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς μονογενοῦς αὐτῷ ἀληθείας καταλείπεται. διόπερ καὶ Κέλσος εἶπε μὲν ἐν τῷ περὶ κνίσσης καὶ αἵματος, ὧν χρῄζουσι δαίμονες. τἀληθῆ· πάλιν δ᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας κακίας κατώλισθεν ἐπὶ τὰ ψευδῆ καὶ ἐξομοιοῖ τοὺς δαίμονας ἀνθρώποις τοῖς τελέως δικαίως πράττουσι τὰ δίκαια. κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτοῖς γινώσκῃ χάριν. τὰ ἀγαθὰ δὲ ποιοῦσι τοῖς ἀμειβομένοις τὸ εὐχάριστον.

δοκεῖ δέ μοι συγχεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν τόπον καὶ ὁτὲ μὲν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ὑπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ταράττεσθαι, ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἀνανήφων ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνοις ἀλογιστίας ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον τι βλέπειν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς. πάλιν γὰρ ἐπιφέρει· θεοῦ δὲ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς ἀπολειπτέον οὔτε μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν οὔτε νύκτωρ οὔτ᾿ ἐς κοινὸν οὔτ᾿ ἰδίᾳ λόγῳ τε ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἔργῳ διηνεκῶς. ἀλλά γε καὶ μετὰ τῶνδε καὶ χωρὶς ἡ ψυχὴ ἀεὶ τετάσθω πρὸς τὸν θεόν. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἀκούω τοῦ μετὰ τῶνδε τουτέστι μετὰ τοῦ κοινοῦ καὶ μετὰ παντὸς ἔργου καὶ μετὰ παντὸς λόγου.

εἶτα πάλιν ὡσπερεὶ παλαίων τῷ λογισμῷ πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ἐκστάσεις καὶ τὰ πολλὰ νικώμενος ἐπιφέρει καὶ λέγει· εἰ ὧδε ἔχοιεν, τί τὸ δεινὸν τοὺς τῇδε ἄρχοντας εὐμενίζεσθαι, τούς τε ἄλλους καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποις δυνάστας καὶ βασιλέας, ὡς οὐδὲ τούτους ἄνευ δαιμονίας ἰσχύος τῶν τῇδε ἠξιωμένους; ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω κατῆγεν ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν πρὸς τοὺς δαίμονας· νῦν δὲ βούλεται ἡμᾶς ἐξευμενίζεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποις δυνάστας καὶ βασιλέας, ὧν ἐπεὶ μεστὸς ὁ βίος καὶ (αἱ) ἱστορίαι, νῦν οὐχ ἡγησάμην ἀναγκαῖον ἐκθέσθαι τὰ παραδείγματα.

8.64 Chapter LXIV

There is therefore One whose favour we should seek, and to whom we ought to pray that He would be gracious to us—the Most High God, whose favour is gained by piety and the practice of every virtue. And if he would have us to seek the favour of others after the Most High God, let him consider that, as the motion of the shadow follows that of the body which casts it, so in like manner it follows, that when we have the favour of God, we have also the good-will of all angels and spirits who are friends of God. For they know who are worthy of the divine approval, and they are not only well disposed to them, but they co-operate with them in their endeavours to please God: they seek His favour on their behalf; with their prayers they join their own prayers and intercessions for them. We may indeed boldly say, that men who aspire after better things have, when they pray to God, tens of thousands of sacred powers upon their side. These, even when not asked, pray with them, they bring succour to our mortal race, and if I may so say, take up arms alongside of it: for they see demons warring and fighting most keenly against the salvation of those who devote themselves to God, and despise the hostility of demons; they see them savage in their hatred of the man who refuses to serve them with the blood and fumes of sacrifices, but rather strives in every way, by word and deed, to be in peace and union with the Most High through Jesus, who put to flight multitudes of demons when He went about “healing,” and delivering “all who were oppressed by the devil.”

Ἕνα οὖν τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν ἡμῖν ἐξευμενιστέον καὶ τοῦτον ἵλεω εὐκτέον, ἐξευμενιζόμενον εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ πάσῃ ἀρετῇ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς βούλεται μετὰ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐξευμενίζεσθαι θεὸν, κατανοησάτω ὅτι ὥσπερ τῷ κινουμένῳ σώματι ἀκολουθεῖ ἡ τῆς σκιᾶς αὐτοῦ κίνησις, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τῷ ἐξευμενίζεσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν ἕπεται εὐμενεῖς ἔχειν πάντας τοὺς ἐκείνου φίλους ἀγγέλους καὶ ψυχὰς καὶ πνεύματα. συναίσθονται γὰρ τῶν ἀξίων τοῦ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐμενισμοῦ, καὶ οὐ μόνον καὶ αὐτοὶ εὐμενεῖς τοῖς ἀξίοις γίνονται ἀλλὰ καὶ συμπράττουσι τοῖς βουλομένοις τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν θεραπεύειν καὶ ἐξευμενίζονται καὶ συνεύχονται καὶ συναξιοῦσιν· ὥστε τολμᾶν ἡμᾶς λέγειν ὅτι ἀνθρώποις μετὰ προαιρέσεως προτιθεμένοις τὰ κρείττονα εὐχομένοις τῷ θεῷ μυρίαι ὅσαι ἄκλητοι συνεύχονται δυνάμεις ἱεραὶ, συμπαρέχουσαι τῷ ἐπικήρῳ ἡμῶν γένει καὶ, ἵν᾿ οὕτως εἴπω, συναγωνιῶσαι δι᾿ οὓς ὁρῶσιν ἀντιστρατευομένους καὶ ἀνταγωνιζομένους δαίμονας τῇ σωτηρίᾳ μάλιστα τῶν ἑαυτοὺς ἀνατιθέντων θεῷ καὶ μὴ φροντιζόντων τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων ἔχθρας, ἐὰν ἐκεῖνοι ἐξαγριαίνωσι πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, φεύγοντα μὲν αὐτῶν τὰς διὰ κνίσσης καὶ αἵματος θεραπείας παντὶ δὲ τρόπῳ λόγων καὶ πράξεων σπεύδοντα οἰκειοῦσθαι καὶ ἑνοῦσθαι τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ καταλύσαντος μυρίους δαίμονας Ἰησοῦ, ἡνίκα περιῄει „ἰώμενος“ καὶ ἐπιστρέφων „τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου.“

8.65 Chapter LXV

Moreover, we are to despise ingratiating ourselves with kings or any other men, not only if their favour is to be won by murders, licentiousness, or deeds of cruelty, but even if it involves impiety towards God, or any servile expressions of flattery and obsequiousness, which things are unworthy of brave and high-principled men, who aim at joining with their other virtues that highest of virtues, patience and fortitude. But whilst we do nothing which is contrary to the law and word of God, we are not so mad as to stir up against us the wrath of kings and princes, which will bring upon us sufferings and tortures, or even death. For we read: “Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God.” These words we have in our exposition of the Epistle to the Romans, to the best of our ability, explained at length, and with various applications; but for the present we have taken them in their more obvious and generally received acceptation, to meet the saying of Celsus, that “it is not without the power of demons that kings have been raised to their regal dignity.” Here much might be said on the constitution of kings and rulers, for the subject is a wide one, embracing such rulers as reign cruelly and tyrannically, and such as make the kingly office the means of indulging in luxury and sinful pleasures. We shall therefore, for the present, pass over the full consideration of this subject. We will, however, never swear by “the fortune of the king,” nor by ought else that is considered equivalent to God. For if the word “fortune” is nothing but an expression for the uncertain course of events, as some say, although they seem not to be agreed, we do not swear by that as God which has no existence, as though it did really exist and was able to do something, lest we should bind ourselves by an oath to things which have no existence. If, on the other hand (as is thought by others, who say that to swear by the fortune of the king of the Romans is to swear by his demon), what is called the fortune of the king is in the power of demons, then in that case we must die sooner than swear by a wicked and treacherous demon, that ofttimes sins along with the man of whom it gains possession, and sins even more than he.

Ἡμῖν μέντοι γε καταφρονητέον ἐξευμενισμοῦ ἀνθρώπων καὶ βασιλέων, οὐ μόνον ἐὰν διὰ μιαιφονιῶν καὶ ἀσελγειῶν καὶ ὠμοτάτων πράξεων ἐξευμενιζώμεθα αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν διὰ τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀσεβείας ἤ τινος μετὰ δουλοπρεπείας καὶ ταπεινότητος φωνῆς, ἀλλοτρίας ἀνδρείων καὶ μεγαλοψύχων ἀνδρῶν καὶ τὴν καρτερίαν ὡς μεγίστην ἀρετὴν συναναλαβεῖν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐθελόντων. ἔνθα μέντοι οὐδὲν ἐναντίον πράττομεν νόμῳ καὶ λόγῳ θεοῦ, οὐ μεμήναμεν οὐδ᾿ ὁρμῶμεν καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἐγείρειν βασιλέως ἢ δυνάστου θυμὸν, ἐπὶ αἰκίας καὶ βασανιστήρια ἢ καὶ θανάτους ἡμᾶς φέροντα. ἀνέγνωμεν γὰρ καὶ τὸ „πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ θεοῦ, αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν· ὥστε οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διαταγῇ ἀνθίστανται.“ ἐν μέντοι γε τοῖς εἰς τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐξηγητικοῖς, ὡς δυνατὸν ἦν ἡμῖν, ἐπὶ πλεῖον καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ποικίλως ἐξητάσαμεν· νῦν δ᾿ αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ προκείμενον ἁπλούστερον κατὰ τὴν κοινοτέραν ἐκδοχὴν παρειλήφαμεν, ἐπείπερ φησὶν ὁ Κέλσος· οὐδὲ τούτους ἄνευ δαιμονίας ἰσχύος τῶν τῇδε εἶναι ἠξιωμένους.

καὶ ἐπεὶ πολὺς ἦν ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τῆς τῶν βασιλευόντων καὶ δυναστῶν καταστάσεως, πολλῆς ζητήσεως οὔσης κατὰ τὸν τόπον διὰ τοὺς ὠμότερον καὶ τυραννικώτερον ἄρξαντας ἢ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν ἐπὶ θρύψιν καὶ τρυφὴν ἐξοκείλαντας, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τὸ πρόβλημα ἐξετάσαι ὑπερεθέμεθα. τύχην μέντοι βασιλέως οὐκ ὄμνυμεν ὡς οὐδ᾿ ἄλλον νομιζόμενον θεόν· εἴτε γὰρ, ὡς ὠνόμασάν τινες, ἐκφορὰ μόνον ἐστὶν ἡ τύχη ὁμοίως δοκήσει καὶ διαστάσει, οὐκ ὄμνυμεν τὸ μηδαμῶς ὂν ὡς θεὸν ἢ ὅλως ὑφεστηκὸς καὶ δυνάμενόν τι ποιῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ τὴν ὀμοτικὴν δύναμιν εἰς ἃ μὴ δεῖ παραλαμβάνωμεν, εἴτε καὶ (ὥς τισιν ἔδοξεν εἰποῦσι· τοῦ Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως τὸν δαίμονα ὀμνῦσιν οἱ τὴν τύχην αὐτοῦ ὀμνύοντες) δαίμων ἐστὶν ἡ ὀνομαζομένη τύχη τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ οὕτως ἀποθανετέον ἐστὶ μᾶλλον ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ὀμόσαι μοχθηρὸν δαίμονα καὶ ἄπιστον, πολλάκις συνεξαμαρτάνοντα ᾧ ἔλαχεν ἀνθρώπῳ ἢ καὶ πλέον αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα.

8.66 Chapter LXVI

Then Celsus, following the example of those who are under the influence of demons—at one time recovering, at another relapsing, as though he were again becoming sensible—says: “If, however, any worshipper of God should be ordered to do anything impious, or to say anything base, such a command should in no wise be regarded; but we must encounter all kinds of torment, or submit to any kind of death, rather than say or even think anything unworthy of God.” Again, however, from ignorance of our principles, and in entire confusion of thought, he says: “But if any one commands you to celebrate the sun, or to sing a joyful triumphal song in praise of Minerva, you will by celebrating their praises seem to render the higher praise to God; for piety, in extending to all things, becomes more perfect.” To this our answer is, that we do not wait for any command to celebrate the praises of the sun; for we have been taught to speak well not only of those creatures that are obedient to the will of God, but even of our enemies. We therefore praise the sun as the glorious workmanship of God, which obeys His laws and hearkens to the call, “Praise the Lord, sun and moon,” and with all your powers show forth the praises of the Father and Creator of all. Minerva, however, whom Celsus classes with the sun, is the subject of various Grecian myths, whether these contain any hidden meaning or not. They say that Minerva sprang fully armed from the brain of Jupiter; that when she was pursued by Vulcan, she fled from him to preserve her honour; and that from the seed which fell to the ground in the heat of Vulcan’s passion, there grew a child whom Minerva brought up and called Erichthonius,

“That owed his nurture to the blue-eyed maid,

But from the teeming furrow took his birth,

The mighty offspring of the foodful earth.”

It is therefore evident, that if we admit Minerva the daughter of Jupiter, we must also admit many fables and fictions which can be allowed by no one who discards fables and seeks after truth.

Εἶτα πάλιν ὁ Κέλσος ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀπὸ δαιμονισμοῦ ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε ἀναφέρουσιν εἶτα πάλιν καταπίπτουσιν ὥσπερ νήφων τοιαῦτά τινα λέγων· ἐὰν μέντοι γε κελεύῃ τις, εἰ τύχοι θρησκεύων θεὸν, ἢ ἀσεβεῖν ἢ ἄλλο τι αἰσχρὸν εἰπεῖν, οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς πιστευτέον ἀλλὰ πρὸ τούτων πάσας βασάνους ἐγκαρτερητέον καὶ πάντας θανάτους ὑπομενετέον, πρίν τι ἀνόσιον περὶ θεοῦ μὴ ὅτι γε εἰπεῖν ἀλλὰ μελῆσαι· εἶτα πάλιν ἀπ᾿ ἀγνοίας τῆς περὶ τοῦ ἡμετέρου λόγου καὶ πρὸς ταύτῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ φύρειν τὰ πάντα τοιαῦτά φησιν· ἐὰν δὲ κελεύῃ τις εὐφημῆσαι τὸν Ἥλιον ἢ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν προθυμότατα μετὰ καλοῦ παιᾶνος εὐφημεῖν, οὕτω τοι σέβειν μᾶλλον δόξεις τὸν μέγαν θεὸν, ἐὰν καὶ τούσδε ὑμνῇς· τὸ γὰρ θεοσεβὲς διὰ πάντων διεξιὸν τελεώτερον γίνεται.

φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι οὐ περιμένομεν εὐφημῆσαι τὸν Ἥλιον τὸν κελεύοντα, οἱ μαθόντες οὐ μόνον τοὺς τῇ διατάξει ὑποτεταγμένους εὐφημεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς. εὐφημοῦμεν οὖν Ἥλιον ὡς καλὸν θεοῦ δημιούργημα καὶ τοὺς νόμους φυλάσσον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀκοῦον τοῦ „αἰνεῖτε τὸν κύριον ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη,“ καὶ ὅση δύναμις ὑμνοῦντα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν τοῦ παντός. Ἀθηνᾶν μέντοι μετὰ Ἡλίου τασσομένην ἐμυθοποίησαν οἱ Ἑλλήνων λόγοι, εἴτ᾿ ἐν ὑπονοίαις εἴτε χωρὶς ὑπονοιῶν φάσκοντες ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς γεγεννῆσθαι κεφαλῆς καθωπλισμένην· καὶ διωκομένην τότε ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡφαίστου. βουλομένου αὐτῆς φθεῖραι τὴν παρθενίαν, ἐκπεφευγέναι μὲν αὐτὸν τὴν δ᾿ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πεσοῦσαν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν θορὴν ἀγαπήσασαν ἐκθρέψαι, καλέσασαν Ἐριχθόνιον, τόν ποτε, φασὶν, Ἀθήνη θρέψε, Διὸς θυγάτηρ, τέκε δὲ ζείδωρος ἄρουρα. καὶ ὁρῶμέν γε ὅτι τῷ προσιεμένῳ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν, Διὸς θυγατέρα, πολλοὺς μύθους καὶ πλάσματα παρεκδεκτέον, οὓς οὐκ ἂν παραδέχοιτο ὁ φεύγων μὲν μύθους ζητῶν δὲ ἀλήθειαν.

8.67 Chapter LXVII

And to regard these myths in a figurative sense, and consider Minerva as representing prudence, let any one show what were the actual facts of her history, upon which this allegory is based. For, supposing honour was given to Minerva as having been a woman of ancient times, by those who instituted mysteries and ceremonies for their followers, and who wished her name to be celebrated as that of a goddess, much more are we forbidden to pay divine honours to Minerva, if we are not permitted to worship so glorious an object as the sun, although we may celebrate its glory. Celsus, indeed, says that “we seem to do the greater honour to the great God when we sing hymns in honour of the sun and Minerva;” but we know it to be the opposite of that. For we sing hymns to the Most High alone, and His Only-begotten, who is the Word and God; and we praise God and His Only-begotten, as do also the sun, the moon, the stars, and all the host of heaven. For these all form a divine chorus, and unite with the just among men in celebrating the praises of the Most High God and His Only-begotten. We have already said that we must not swear by a human king, or by what is called “the fortune of the king.” It is therefore unnecessary for us again to refute these statements: “If you are commanded to swear by a human king, there is nothing wrong in that. For to him has been given whatever there is upon earth; and whatever you receive in this life, you receive from him.” We deny, however, that all things which are on the earth have been given to the king, or that whatever we receive in this life we receive from him. For whatever we receive rightly and honourably we receive from God, and by His providence, as ripe fruits, and “corn which strengtheneth man’s heart, and the pleasant vine, and wine which rejoiceth the heart of man.” And moreover, the fruit of the olive-tree, to make his face to shine, we have from the providence of God.

Ἵνα δὲ καὶ τροπολογῆται καὶ λέγηται φρόνησις εἶναι ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ, παραστησάτω τις αὐτῆς τὴν ὑπόστασιν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν, ὡς ὑφεστηκυίας κατὰ τὴν τροπολογίαν ταύτην. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀρχαία τις γενομένη ἄνθρωπος ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τετίμηται, παραδόντων τοῖς ὑποχειρίοις μυστήρια καὶ τελετὰς τῶν βουληθέντων αὐτῆς τὸ ὄνομα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ὡς θεοῦ ᾄδεσθαι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐ χρὴ ὑμνῆσαι καὶ ὡς θεὸν δοξάσαι τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν, εἴ γε οὐδὲ τὸν τηλικοῦτον ἥλιον προσκυνεῖν ἡμῖν θέμις, κἂν εὐφημῶμεν αὐτόν.

Κέλσος μὲν οὖν φησι μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς σέβειν δοκεῖν τὸν μέγαν θεὸν, ἂν καὶ Ἥλιον καὶ Ἀθηνᾶν ὑμνῶμεν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον ἴσμεν. ὕμνους γὰρ εἰς μόνον τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι λέγομεν θεὸν καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ θεὸν λόγον. καὶ ὑμνοῦμέν γε θεὸν καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ „ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη“ καὶ „ἄστρα“ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ οὐρανία στρατιά. ὑμνοῦσι γὰρ πάντες οὗτοι, θεῖος ὄντες χορὸς, μετὰ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις δικαίων τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεὸν καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ.

προείπομεν μὲν οὖν μὴ δεῖν ὀμνύναι τὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις βασιλέα ἢ τὴν ὀνομαζομένην τύχην αὐτοῦ. διὸ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡμᾶς πάλιν ἀπολογεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ κἂν ἐν ἀνθρώποις βασιλέα κελεύῃ σέ τις ὁρκωμοτεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο δεινόν. δέδοται γὰρ τούτῳ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς, καὶ ὅ τι ἂν λαμβάνῃς ἐν τῷ βίῳ, παρὰ τούτου λαμβάνεις. ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν ὅτι οὐ πάντως δέδοται τούτῳ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ὅλα, οὐδ᾿ ὅ τι ἂν λαμβάνωμεν ἐν τῷ βίῳ, παρὰ τούτου λαμβάνομεν. δικαίως γὰρ καὶ καλῶς λαμβάνοντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ λαμβάνομεν, οἷον ἡμέρους καρποὺς καὶ ἄρτον, στηρίζοντα „καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου,“ καὶ τὴν προσηνῆ ἄμπελον καὶ οἶνον, εὐφραίνοντα „καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου.“ ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς τῆς ἐλαίας καρποὺς ἀπὸ τῆς προνοίας ἔχομεν τοῦ θεοῦ „τοῦ ἱλαρῦναι πρόσωπον ἐν ἐλαίῳ.“

8.68 Chapter LXVIII

Celsus goes on to say: “We must not disobey the ancient writer, who said long ago, ‘Let one be king, whom the son of crafty Saturn appointed;’” and adds: “If you set aside this maxim, you will deservedly suffer for it at the hands of the king. For if all were to do the same as you, there would be nothing to prevent his being left in utter solitude and desertion, and the affairs of the earth would fall into the hands of the wildest and most lawless barbarians; and then there would no longer remain among men any of the glory of your religion or of the true wisdom.” If, then, “there shall be one lord, one king,” he must be, not the man “whom the son of crafty Saturn appointed,” but the man to whom He gave the power, who “removeth kings and setteth up kings,” and who “raiseth up the useful man in time of need upon earth.” For kings are not appointed by that son of Saturn, who, according to Grecian fable, hurled his father from his throne, and sent him down to Tartarus (whatever interpretation may be given to this allegory), but by God, who governs all things, and who wisely arranges whatever belongs to the appointment of kings. We therefore do set aside the maxim contained in the line,

“Whom the son of crafty Saturn appointed;”

for we know that no god or father of a god ever devises anything crooked or crafty. But we are far from setting aside the notion of a providence, and of things happening directly or indirectly through the agency of providence. And the king will not “inflict deserved punishment” upon us, if we say that not the son of crafty Saturn gave him his kingdom, but He who “removeth and setteth up kings.” And would that all were to follow my example in rejecting the maxim of Homer, maintaining the divine origin of the kingdom, and observing the precept to honour the king! In these circumstances the king will not “be left in utter solitude and desertion,” neither will “the affairs of the world fall into the hands of the most impious and wild barbarians.” For if, in the words of Celsus, “they do as I do,” then it is evident that even the barbarians, when they yield obedience to the word of God, will become most obedient to the law, and most humane; and every form of worship will be destroyed except the religion of Christ, which will alone prevail. And indeed it will one day triumph, as its principles take possession of the minds of men more and more every day.

Εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς φησιν ὁ Κέλσος ὅτι οὐ χρὴ ἀπιστεῖν ἀνδρὶ ἀρχαίῳ, πάλαι προειπόντι τό· εἷς βασιλεὺς, ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω. καὶ ἐπιφέρει· ὡς, ἂν τοῦτο λύσῃς τὸ δόγμα, εἰκότως ἀμυνεῖταί σε ὁ βασιλεύς. εἰ γὰρ τὸ αὐτό σοι ποιήσειαν ἅπαντες, οὐδὲν κωλύσει τὸν μὲν καταλειφθῆναι μόνον καὶ ἔρημον, τὰ δ᾿ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνομωτάτοις τε καὶ ἀγριωτάτοις βαρβάροις γενέσθαι, καὶ μήτε τῆς σῆς θρησκείας μήτε τῆς ἀληθινῆς σοφίας ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἔτι καταλείπεσθαι κλέος. εἷς μὲν οὖν κοίρανος ἔστω, εἷς βασιλεὺς, οὐχ ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω, ἀλλ᾿ ᾧ ἔδωκεν ὁ καθιστῶν „βασιλεῖς καὶ“ μεθιστῶν „καὶ τὸν χρήσιμον“ κατὰ καιρὸν ἐγείρων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ οὐχ ὁ τοῦ καταταρταρωθέντος, ὡς οἱ μῦθοι Ἑλλήνων λέγρυσι, Κρόνου υἱὸς ἀπελάσας τοῦτον τῆς ἀρχῆς καθίστησι βασιλεῖς, οὐδ᾿ ἂν ἀλληγορῇ τις τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόπους, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ διοικῶν τὰ σύμπαντα θεὸς οἶδεν ὅ τι ποτὲ ποιεῖ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τῆς τῶν βασιλέων καταστάσεως.

λύομεν οὖν τὸ δόγμα· ᾧ ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω, οὐδὲν ἀγκύλον καὶ σκολιὸν βούλεσθαι πειθόμενοι θεὸν ἢ πατέρα θεοῦ. οὐ λύομεν δὲ τὸ δόγμα τὸ περὶ προνοίας καὶ τῶν εἴτε προηγουμένως ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς γινομένων εἴτε καὶ ἔκ τινων ἐπακολουθούντων. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ εἰκότως ἡμᾶς ἀμύνεται βασιλεὺς, φάσκοντας μὲν ὅτι οὐ Κρόνου παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὸ βασιλεύειν, ὁ δὲ μεθιστῶν „βασιλεῖς καὶ“ καθιστῶν. καὶ τὸ αὐτό γε ποιείτωσάν μοι ἅπαντες, τὸ μὲν Ὁμηρικὸν καταλύοντες δόγμα τὸ δὲ θεῖον περὶ βασιλέως τηροῦντες καὶ τὸ „τὸν βασιλέα τιμᾶτε“ φυλάττοντες· καὶ τὸ ὡς ἐν ὑποθέσει γε τοιαύτῃ οὔτε μόνος ὁ βασιλεὺς καταλειφθήσεται οὔτ᾿ ἔρημος ἔσται οὔτε τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνομωτάτοις καὶ ἀγριωτάτοις βαρβάροις ἔσται. εἰ γὰρ, ὡς λέγει Κέλσος, τὸ αὐτό μοι ποιήσειαν ἅπαντες, δηλονότι καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ προσελθόντες νομιμώτατοι ἔσονται καὶ ἡμερώτατοι· καὶ πᾶσα μὲν θρησκεία καταλυθήσεται μόνη δὲ ἡ Χριστιανῶν κρατήσει, ἥτις καὶ μόνη ποτὲ κρατήσει, τοῦ λόγου ἀεὶ πλείονας νεμομένου ψυχάς.

8.69 Chapter LXIX

Celsus, then, as if not observing that he was saying anything inconsistent with the words he had just used, “if all were to do the same as you,” adds: “You surely do not say that if the Romans were, in compliance with your wish, to neglect their customary duties to gods and men, and were to worship the Most High, or whatever you please to call him, that he will come down and fight for them, so that they shall need no other help than his. For this same God, as yourselves say, promised of old this and much more to those who served him, and see in what way he has helped them and you! They, in place of being masters of the whole world, are left with not so much as a patch of ground or a home; and as for you, if any of you transgresses even in secret, he is sought out and punished with death.” As the question started is, “What would happen if the Romans were persuaded to adopt the principles of the Christians, to despise the duties paid to the recognised gods and to men, and to worship the Most High?” this is my answer to the question. We say that “if two” of us “shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of the Father” of the just, “which is in heaven;” for God rejoices in the agreement of rational beings, and turns away from discord. And what are we to expect, if not only a very few agree, as at present, but the whole of the empire of Rome? For they will pray to the Word, who of old said to the Hebrews, when they were pursued by the Egyptians, “The Lord shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace;” and if they all unite in prayer with one accord, they will be able to put to flight far more enemies than those who were discomfited by the prayer of Moses when he cried to the Lord, and of those who prayed with him. Now, if what God promised to those who keep His law has not come to pass, the reason of its nonfulfilment is not to be ascribed to the unfaithfulness of God. But He had made the fulfilment of His promises to depend on certain conditions,—namely, that they should observe and live according to His law; and if the Jews have not a plot of ground nor a habitation left to them, although they had received these conditional promises, the entire blame is to be laid upon their crimes, and especially upon their guilt in the treatment of Jesus.

Εἶτα ἑαυτοῦ μὴ ἀκούσας ὁ Κέλσος, τὰ ἀνακόλουθα εἰπόντος τῷ εἰ γὰρ τὸ αὐτό σοι ποιήσειαν ἅπαντες, φησίν· οὐ μὲν δὴ τοῦτο φήσεις. ὡς, ἂν πεισθέντες σοι Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ τῶν νενομισμένων αὐτοῖς πρὸς θεούς τε καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἀμελήσαντες τὸν σὸν Ὕψιστον, ἢ ὅντινα βούλει, προσκαλέσωνται. καταβὰς ὑπερμαχεῖται αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς ἄλλης ἀλκῆς δεήσει. καὶ γὰρ πρότερον ὁ αὐτὸς θεὸς τοῖς προσέχουσιν αὐτῷ ταῦτά τε καὶ πολὺ μείζω τούτων, ὡς ὑμεῖς φατε, ὑπισχνούμενος ὁρᾶτε ὅσα ὠφέλησεν ἐκείνους τε καὶ ὑμᾶς· ὧν τοῖς μὲν ἀντὶ (τοῦ) γῆς ἁπάσης εἶναι δεσπόταις οὐδ᾿ ὁποία τις βῶλος οὐδ᾿ ἑστία λείπεται, ὑμῶν δὲ κἂν πλανᾶταί τις ἔτι λανθάνων, ἀλλὰ ζητεῖται πρὸς θανάτου δίκην.

ἐπεὶ δὲ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν ζητεῖ, εἰ πεισθέντες Ῥωμαῖοι τῷ Χριστιανῶν λόγῳ, τῶν πρὸς τοὺς νενομισμένους θεοὺς ἀμελήσαντες καὶ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους προτέρων νόμων, τὸν Υψιστον σέβοιντο, τί ἂν ἀπαντήσαι· ἄκουε τί ἀρέσκει περὶ τούτων ἡμῖν. φαμὲν ὅτι, εἴπερ, „ἂν δύο συμφωνῶσιν“ ἐξ ἡμῶν „ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ παντὸς πράγματος, οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς“ τῶν δικαίων· χαίρει γὰρ συμφωνίᾳ τῶν λογικῶν ζῴων ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐκτρέπεται τὴν διαφωνίαν· τί χρὴ νομίζειν, εἰ μὴ μόνον ὡς νῦν πάνυ ὀλίγοι συμφωνοῖεν ἀλλὰ πᾶσα ἡ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἀρχή; εὔξονται γὰρ τῷ καὶ πρότερον εἰπόντι πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους καταδιωκομένους ὑπὸ Αἰγυπτίων λόγῳ· „κύριος πολεμήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς σιγήσεσθε,“ καὶ μετὰ πάσης συμφωνίας εὐξάμενοι πολλῷ πλείονας δυνήσονται καταλῦσαι ἐχθροὺς ἐπιδιώκοντας, ἢ οὓς καθεῖλεν ἡ Μωϋσέως πρὸς τὸν θεὸν βοῶντος καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ εὐχή. ἃ δ᾿ ὑπέσχετο ὁ θεὸς τοῖς τηροῦσι τὸν νόμον εἰ μὴ γεγένηται, οὐ τῷ ψεύδεσθαι τὸν θεὸν οὐ γεγένηται ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐπὶ συνθήκαις γεγονέναι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας, ταῖς περὶ τοῦ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸν νόμον βίον. καὶ εἰ οὔτε βῶλος οὔθ᾿ ἑστία Ἰουδαίοις καταλείπεται τοῖς τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἐπὶ συνθήκαις εἰληφόσιν, αἰτιατέον πᾶσαν μὲν αὐτῶν τὴν παρανομίαν ἐξαιρέτως δὲ τὴν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

8.70 Chapter LXX

But if all the Romans, according to the supposition of Celsus, embrace the Christian faith, they will, when they pray, overcome their enemies; or rather, they will not war at all, being guarded by that divine power which promised to save five entire cities for the sake of fifty just persons. For men of God are assuredly the salt of the earth: they preserve the order of the world; and society is held together as long as the salt is uncorrupted: for “if the salt have lost its savour, it is neither fit for the land nor for the dunghill; but it shall be cast out, and trodden under foot of men. He that hath ears, let him hear” the meaning of these words. When God gives to the tempter permission to persecute us, then we suffer persecution; and when God wishes us to be free from suffering, even in the midst of a world that hates us, we enjoy a wonderful peace, trusting in the protection of Him who said, “Be of good cheer, I have overcome the world.” And truly He has overcome the world. Wherefore the world prevails only so long as it is the pleasure of Him who received from the Father power to overcome the world; and from His victory we take courage. Should He even wish us again to contend and struggle for our religion, let the enemy come against us, and we will say to them, “I can do all things, through Christ Jesus our Lord, which strengtheneth me.” For of “two sparrows which are sold for a farthing,” as the Scripture says, “not one of them falls on the ground without our Father in heaven.” And so completely does the Divine Providence embrace all things, that not even the hairs of our head fail to be numbered by Him.

Ἀλλ᾿ οἱ καθ᾿ ὑπόθεσιν Κέλσου πάντες ἂν πεισθέντες Ῥωμαῖοι εὐχόμενοι περιέσονται τῶν πολεμίων ἢ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν πολεμήσονται. φρουρούμενοι ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμεως, τῆς διὰ πεντήκοντα δικαίους πέντε πόλεις ὅλας ἐπαγγειλαμένης διασῶσαι. ἅλες γὰρ εἰσι τηρητικοὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς συστάσεων τοῦ κόσμου οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ συνέστηκε τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς, ὅσον οἱ ἅλες οὐ τρέπονται· „ἐὰν γὰρ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ,“ „οὔτ᾿ εἰς γῆν οὔτ᾿ εἰς κόπρον“ „ἰσχύει ἔτι“ ἀλλὰ „βληθὲν ἔξω“ καταπατηθήσεται „ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.“ „ὁ δ᾿ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω,“ πῶς ταῦτα λέγεται. καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὅτε μὲν ἐπιτρέπει ὁ θεὸς τῷ πειράζοντι δοὺς ἐξουσίαν τὴν τοῦ διώκειν ἡμᾶς, διωκόμεθα· ὅτε δ᾿ ὁ θεὸς (οὐ) βούλεται τοῦθ᾿ ἡμᾶς πάσχειν, καὶ ἐν μισοῦντι ἡμᾶς τῷ κόσμῳ παραδόξως εἰρήνην ἄγομεν καὶ θαῤῥοῦμεν ἐπὶ τῷ εἰπόντι· „θαρσεῖτε, ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον.“ καὶ ἀληθῶς νενίκηκε „τὸν κόσμον,“ διόπερ (ἰσχύει ὁ κόσμος) εἰς ὅσον νικήσας αὐτὸν βούλεται, λαβὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ νικᾶν „τὸν κόσμον·“ θαῤῥοῦμεν δὲ τῇ ἐκείνου νίκῃ.

εἰ δὲ βούλεται πάλιν ἡμᾶς ἀθλεῖν καὶ ἀγωνίζεσθαι περὶ εὐσεβείας, ἡκέτωσαν ἀνταγωνισταὶ, πρὸς οὓς ἐροῦμεν· „πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν.“ καὶ γὰρ δύο στρουθίων πιπρασκομένων, ὡς ὠνόμασεν ἡ γραφὴ, „ἀσσαρίου,“ „ἓν εἰς παγίδα οὐ πίπτει ἄνευ τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρός.“ καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον πάντα ἡ θεία περιείληφε πρόνοια, ὡς μηδὲ τὰς τρίχας „τῆς κεφαλῆς“ ἡμῶν ἐκπεφευγέναι τὸ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἠριθμῆσθαι.

8.71 Chapter LXXI

Celsus again, as is usual with him, gets confused, and attributes to us things which none of us have ever written. His words are: “Surely it is intolerable for you to say, that if our present rulers, on embracing your opinions, are taken by the enemy, you will still be able to persuade those who rule after them; and after these have been taken you will persuade their successors and so on, until at length, when all who have yielded to your persuasion have been taken, some prudent ruler shall arise, with a foresight of what is impending, and he will destroy you all utterly before he himself perishes.” There is no need of any answer to these allegations: for none of us says of our present rulers, that if they embrace our opinions, and are taken by the enemy, we shall be able to persuade their successors; and when these are taken, those who come after them, and so on in succession. But on what does he ground the assertion, that when a succession of those who have yielded to our persuasion have been taken because they did not drive back the enemy, some prudent ruler shall arise, with a foresight of what is impending, who shall utterly destroy us? But here he seems to me to delight in inventing and uttering the wildest nonsense.

Εἶτα πάλιν, ὡς ἔθος τῷ Κέλσῳ. φύρει ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς λέγων ἃ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀνέγραψε· φησὶ γὰρ τοιαῦτα· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἀνεκτόν σου λέγοντος, ὡς, ἂν οἱ νῦν βασιλεύοντες ἡμῶν σοι πεισθέντες ἁλῶσι. τοὺς αὖθις βασιλεύοντας πείσεις εἶτ᾿ ἄλλους, ἂν κἀκεῖνοι ἁλῶσι, καὶ ἄλλους ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοις, μέχρι πάντων τῶν σοι πειθομένων ἁλισκομένων μία τις ἀρχὴ σωφρονήσασα καὶ προειδομένη τὸ συμβαῖνον πάντας ὑμᾶς, πρὶν αὐτὴν προαπολέσθαι, παγγενεὶ διολέσει. εἰπεῖν δὲ περὶ τούτων οὐχ αἱρεῖ λόγος, οὐ γὰρ λέγει τις ἡμῶν περὶ τῶν νῦν βασιλευόντων ὅτι, ἐὰν πεισθέντες ἁλῶσι, τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοὺς πάλιν πείσομεν, κἀκείνων ἁλόντων πάλιν τοὺς ἑξῆς πείσομεν. πόθεν δὲ καὶ ἀπέῤῥιψεν ὅτι κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἀεὶ τῶν ὑστέρων πειθομένων ἡμῖν καὶ ἁλισκομένων διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους μία τις ἀρχὴ σωφρονήσασα καὶ προειδομένη τὸ συμβαῖνον παγγενεὶ ἡμᾶς διολέσει; ἀλλ᾿ ἔοικε φλυαρίας ἐν τούτοις ἑξῆς συνάπτων καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπεῤῥοιβδηκέναι.

8.72 Chapter LXXII

Afterwards he says: “If it were possible,” implying at the same time that he thought it most desirable, “that all the inhabitants of Asia, Europe, and Libya, Greeks and Barbarians, all to the uttermost ends of the earth, were to come under one law;” but judging this quite impossible, he adds, “Any one who thinks this possible, knows nothing.” It would require careful consideration and lengthened argument to prove that it is not only possible, but that it will surely come to pass, that all who are endowed with reason shall come under one law. However, if we must refer to this subject, it will be with great brevity. The Stoics, indeed, hold that, when the strongest of the elements prevails, all things shall be turned into fire. But our belief is, that the Word shall prevail over the entire rational creation, and change every soul into His own perfection; in which state every one, by the mere exercise of his power, will choose what he desires, and obtain what he chooses. For although, in the diseases and wounds of the body, there are some which no medical skill can cure, yet we hold that in the mind there is no evil so strong that it may not be overcome by the Supreme Word and God. For stronger than all the evils in the soul is the Word, and the healing power that dwells in Him; and this healing He applies, according to the will of God, to every man. The consummation of all things is the destruction of evil, although as to the question whether it shall be so destroyed that it can never anywhere arise again, it is beyond our present purpose to say. Many things are said obscurely in the prophecies on the total destruction of evil, and the restoration to righteousness of every soul; but it will be enough for our present purpose to quote the following passage from Zephaniah: “Prepare and rise early; all the gleanings of their vineyards are destroyed. Therefore wait ye upon Me, saith the Lord, on the day that I rise up for a testimony; for My determination is to gather the nations, that I may assemble the kings, to pour upon them Mine indignation, even all My fierce anger: for all the earth shall be devoured with the fire of My jealousy. For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one consent. From beyond the rivers of Ethiopia My suppliants, even the daughter of My dispersed, shall bring My offering. In that day shalt thou not be ashamed for all thy doings, wherein thou hast transgressed against Me: for then I will take away out of the midst of thee them that rejoice in thy pride; and thou shalt no more be haughty because of My holy mountain. I will also leave in the midst of thee an afflicted and poor people, and they shall trust in the name of the Lord. The remnant of Israel shall not do iniquity, nor speak lies; neither shall a deceitful tongue be found in their mouth: for they shall feed and lie down, and none shall make them afraid.” I leave it to those who are able, after a careful study of the whole subject, to unfold the meaning of this prophecy, and especially to inquire into the signification of the words, “When the whole earth is destroyed, there will be turned upon the peoples a language according to their race,” as things were before the confusion of tongues. Let them also carefully consider the promise, that all shall call upon the name of the Lord, and serve Him with one consent; also that all contemptuous reproach shall be taken away, and there shall be no longer any injustice, or vain speech, or a deceitful tongue. And thus much it seemed needful for me to say briefly, and without entering into elaborate details, in answer to the remark of Celsus, that he considered any agreement between the inhabitants of Asia, Europe, and Libya, as well Greeks as Barbarians, was impossible. And perhaps such a result would indeed be impossible to those who are still in the body, but not to those who are released from it.

Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα εὐχήν τινα εἰπὼν τήν· εἰ γὰρ δὴ οἷόν τε εἰς ἕνα συμφρονῆσαι νόμον τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ Εὐρώπην καὶ Λιβύην Ἕλληνάς τε καὶ βαρβάρους ἄχρι περάτων νενεμημένους, ἀδύνατον τοῦτο νομίσας εἶναι ἐπιφέρει ὅτι ὁ τοῦτο οἰόμενος οἶδεν οὐδέν. εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τοῦτ᾿ εἰπεῖν, λελέξεται ὀλίγα εἰς τὸν τόπον, δεόμενον πολλῆς ἐξετάσεως καὶ κατασκευῆς, εἰς τὸ φανῆναι οὐ μόνον δυνατὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀληθὲς τὸ λεγόμενον περὶ τοῦ εἰς ἕνα συμφρονῆσαι νόμον πᾶν τὸ λογικόν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς. ἐπικρατήσαντος ὡς οἷόν τε τοῦ ἰσχυροτέρου τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείου, τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν ἔσεσθαι πάντων εἰς πῦρ μεταβαλλόντων, ἡμεῖς δὲ τῆς λογικῆς φύσεώς φαμεν ὅλης κρατῆσαί ποτε τὸν λόγον καὶ μεταποιῆσαι πᾶσαν ψυχὴν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τελειότητα, ἐπὰν ἕκαστος ψιλῇ χρησάμενος τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ἕληται ἃ βούλεται καὶ γένηται ἐν οἷς εἵλατο· καὶ φαμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν εἰκὸς, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν (ἐν) τοῖς σώμασι νοσημάτων καὶ τραυμάτων τινὰ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἰσχυρότερα εἶναι πάσης ἰατρικῆς τέχνης, οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν ψυχῶν εἶναί τι τῶν ἀπὸ κακίας ἀδύνατον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσι λογικοῦ καὶ θεοῦ θεραπευθῆναι. πάντων γὰρ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ κακῶν δυνατώτερος ὢν ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ ἐν αὐτῷ θεραπεία προσάγει κατὰ βούλησιν θεοῦ ἑκάστῳ αὐτὴν, καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναιρεθῆναί ἐστι τὴν κακίαν· πότερον δὲ ὥστε μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς ἔτι αὐτὴν ἐπιτραπῆναι δύνασθαι ἢ μὴ, οὐ τοῦ παρόντος ἐστὶ λόγου διδάξαι.

πολλὰ μὲν ουν αἱ προφητεῖαι περὶ τῆς παντελοῦς ἀναιρέσεως τῶν κακῶν καὶ διορθώσεως πάσης ψυχῆς ἐν ἀποῤῥήτοις λέγουσιν, ἀρκεῖ δ᾿ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος παραθέσθαι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ Σοφονίου λέξιν, οὕτως ἔχουσαν· „ἑτοιμάζου, ὄρθρισον· διέφθαρται πᾶσα ἡ ἐπιφυλλὶς αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο ὑπόμεινόν (με), λέγει κύριος, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστάσεώς μου εἰς μαρτύριον· διότι τὸ κρίμα μου εἰς συναγωγὰς ἐθνῶν τοῦ ἐκδέξασθαι βασιλεῖς, τοῦ ἐκχέαι ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς πᾶσαν ὀργὴν θυμοῦ μου. ἐν γὰρ πυρὶ ζήλου μου καταναλωθήσεται πᾶσα ἡ γῆ· ὅτι τότε μεταστρέψω ἐπὶ λαοὺς γλῶσσαν εἰς γενεὰν αὐτῆς, τοῦ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι πάντας τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, τοῦ δουλεύειν (αὐτῷ) ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἕνα. ἐκ περάτων ποταμῶν Αἰθιοπίας θύσουσι θυσίας μοι. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇς ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων σου, ὧν ἠσέβησας εἰς ἐμέ· ὅτι τότε περιελῶ ἀπὸ σοῦ τὰ φαυλίσματα τῆς ὕβρεώς σου, καὶ οὐκ ἔτι μὴ προσθῇς τοῦ μεγαλαυχῆσαι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιόν μου. καὶ ὑπολείψομαι ἐν σοὶ λαὸν πραῢν καὶ ταπεινὸν, καὶ εὐλαβηθήσονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος κυρίου οἱ κατάλοιποι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ οὐ ποιήσουσιν ἀδικίαν καὶ οὐ λαλήσουσι μάταια, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν γλῶσσα δολία· διότι αὐτοὶ νεμήσονται καὶ κοιτασθήσονται, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ ἐκφοβῶν αὐτούς.“ ὁ δυνάμενος δ᾿ εἰς ταῦτα ὅλα μὲν κατανοήσας τὴν σαφήνειαν τῆς προφητείας παραστησάτω, μάλιστα δ᾿ ἐξετασάτω, τί τὸ ἀναλουμένης πάσης τῆς γῆς μεταστραφῆναι „ἐπὶ λαοὺς γλῶσσαν εἰς γενεὰν αὐτῆς,“ ἀνάλογον τοῖς πρὸ τῆς συγχύσεως πράγμασι· καὶ κατανοησάτω, τί τὸ „ἐπικαλεῖσθαι πάντας τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, τοῦ δουλεύειν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἕνα,“ ὡς περιαιρεθῆναι „τὰ τῆς ὕβρεως φαυλίσματα,“ καὶ μηκέτι εἶναι „ἀδικίαν“ μηδὲ λόγους ματαίους μηδὲ γλῶσσαν δολίαν.

ταῦτα δ᾿ ἔδοξέ μοι μετρίως καὶ οὐ μετὰ τῆς ἀκριβοῦς διηγήσεως παραθέσθαι διὰ τὴν Κέλσου λέξιν, οἰομένου τὸ συμφρονῆσαι τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ Εὐρώπην καὶ Λιβύην Ἕλληνάς τε καὶ βαρβάρους οἰκοῦντας ἀδύνατον εἶναι. καὶ τάχα ἀληθῶς ἀδύνατον μὲν τὸ τοιοῦτο τοῖς ἔτι ἐν σώμασι, οὐ μὴν ἀδύνατον καὶ ἀπολυθεῖσιν αὐτῶν.

8.73 Chapter LXXIII

In the next place, Celsus urges us “to help the king with all our might, and to labour with him in the maintenance of justice, to fight for him; and if he requires it, to fight under him, or lead an army along with him.” To this our answer is, that we do, when occasion requires, give help to kings, and that, so to say, a divine help, “putting on the whole armour of God.” And this we do in obedience to the injunction of the apostle, “I exhort, therefore, that first of all, supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks, be made for all men; for kings, and for all that are in authority;” and the more any one excels in piety, the more effective help does he render to kings, even more than is given by soldiers, who go forth to fight and slay as many of the enemy as they can. And to those enemies of our faith who require us to bear arms for the commonwealth, and to slay men, we can reply: “Do not those who are priests at certain shrines, and those who attend on certain gods, as you account them, keep their hands free from blood, that they may with hands unstained and free from human blood offer the appointed sacrifices to your gods; and even when war is upon you, you never enlist the priests in the army. If that, then, is a laudable custom, how much more so, that while others are engaged in battle, these too should engage as the priests and ministers of God, keeping their hands pure, and wrestling in prayers to God on behalf of those who are fighting in a righteous cause, and for the king who reigns righteously, that whatever is opposed to those who act righteously may be destroyed!” And as we by our prayers vanquish all demons who stir up war, and lead to the violation of oaths, and disturb the peace, we in this way are much more helpful to the kings than those who go into the field to fight for them. And we do take our part in public affairs, when along with righteous prayers we join self-denying exercises and meditations, which teach us to despise pleasures, and not to be led away by them. And none fight better for the king than we do. We do not indeed fight under him, although he require it; but we fight on his behalf, forming a special army—an army of piety—by offering our prayers to God.

Εἶθ᾿ ἑξῆς προτρέπεται ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος ἀρήγειν τῷ βασιλεῖ παντὶ σθένει καὶ συμπονεῖν αὐτῷ τὰ δίκαια καὶ ὑπερμαχεῖν αὐτοῦ καὶ συστρατεύειν αὐτῷ, ἂν ἐπείγῃ, καὶ συστρατηγεῖν. λεκτέον δὲ καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ὅτι ἀρήγομεν κατὰ καιρὸν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι θείαν, ἵν᾿ οὕτως εἴπω, ἄρηξιν, καὶ „πανοπλίαν“ ἀναλαμβάνοντες „θεοῦ.“ καὶ ταῦτα ποιοῦμεν πειθόμενοι ἀποστολικῇ φωνῇ λεγούσῃ· „παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς πρῶτον ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχὰς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ὑπὲρ βασιλέων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων.“ καὶ ὅσῳ γε τὶς εὐσεβέστερός ἐστι, τοσούτῳ ἀνυτικώτερος ἐν τῷ ἀρήγειν τοῖς βασιλεύουσι παρὰ τοὺς εἰς τὰς παρατάξεις ἐξιόντας στρατιώτας καὶ ἀναιροῦντας οὓς ἂν δύνωνται τῶν πολεμίων.

εἶτα δὲ καὶ ταῦτ᾿ εἴποιμεν ἂν πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἀξιοῦντας ἡμᾶς στρατεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἀναιρεῖν ὅτι καὶ οἱ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἱερεῖς ἀγαλμάτων τινῶν καὶ νεωκόροι ὧν νομίζετε θεῶν τηροῦσιν ἑαυτῶν ἀμίαντον τὴν δεξιὰν διὰ τὰς θυσίας, ἵν᾿ ἀναιμάκτοις χερσὶ καὶ καθαραῖς ἀπὸ φόνων προσάγωσι τὰς νενομισμένας θυσίας οἷς φατε θεοῖς· καὶ οὐ δή που πολέμου καταλαβόντος καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς στρατεύετε. εἰ ουν τοῦτ᾿ εὐλόγως γίνεται. πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἄλλων στρατευομένων καὶ οὗτοι στρατεύονται ὡς ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ θεραπευταὶ, καθαρὰς μὲν τηροῦντες τὰς δεξιὰς ἀγωνιζόμενοι δὲ διὰ τῶν πρὸς θεὸν εὐχῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν δικαίως στρατευομένων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίως βασιλεύοντος, ἵνα τὰ ἐναντία πάντα καὶ ἐχθρὰ τοῖς δικαίως πράττουσι καθαιρεθῇ; ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς πάντας δαίμονας. τοὺς ἐγείροντας τὰ πολεμικὰ καὶ ὅρκους συγχέοντας καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ταράσσοντας, καθαιροῦντες μᾶλλον βοηθοῦμεν τοῖς βασιλεύουσιν ἤπερ οἱ δοκοῦντες στρατεύεσθαι. συμπονοῦμεν δὲ τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασιν οἱ μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἀναφέροντες προσευχὰς, σὺν ἀσκήσεσι καὶ μελέταις διδασκούσαις καταφρονεῖν ἡδονῶν καὶ μὴ ἄγεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν. ἡμεῖς καὶ μᾶλλον ὑπερμαχοῦμεν τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ οὐ συστρατευόμεθα μὲν αὐτῷ, κἂν ἐπείγῃ, στρατευόμεθα δὲ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἴδιον στρατόπεδον εὐσεβείας συγκροτοῦντες διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἐντεύξεων.

8.74 Chapter LXXIV

And if Celsus would have us to lead armies in defence of our country, let him know that we do this too, and that not for the purpose of being seen by men, or of vainglory. For “in secret,” and in our own hearts, there are prayers which ascend as from priests in behalf of our fellow-citizens. And Christians are benefactors of their country more than others. For they train up citizens, and inculcate piety to the Supreme Being; and they promote those whose lives in the smallest cities have been good and worthy, to a divine and heavenly city, to whom it may be said, “Thou hast been faithful in the smallest city, come into a great one,” where “God standeth in the assembly of the gods, and judgeth the gods in the midst;” and He reckons thee among them, if thou no more “die as a man, or fall as one of the princes.”

Εἰ δὲ βούλεται ἡμᾶς ὁ Κέλσος καὶ στρατηγεῖν (ὑπὲρ) πατρίδος. ἴστω ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα ποιοῦμεν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ βλέπεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ κενοδοξεῖν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ταῦτα πράττοντες· ἐν γὰρ τῷ κρυπτῷ ἡμῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν εὐχαί εἰσιν, ἀναπεμπόμεναι ὡς ἀπὸ ἱερέων ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι ἡμῶν. Χριστιανοὶ δὲ μᾶλλον εὐεργετοῦσι τὰς πατρίδας ἢ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, παιδεύοντες τοὺς πολίτας καὶ εὐσεβεῖν διδάσκοντες εἰς τὸν πολιέα θεὸν, ἀναλαμβάνοντες εἰς θείαν τινὰ καὶ ἐπουράνιον πόλιν τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἐλαχίσταις πόλεσι καλῶς βιώσαντας· πρὸς οὓς λέγοιτο ἄν· (ἐν) ἐλαχίστῃ πόλει „πιστὸς ἐγένου,“ ἧκε καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν μεγάλην, ὅπου „θεὸς ἔστη ἐν συναγωγῇ θεῶν, ἐν μέσῳ δὲ θεοὺς διακρίνει,“ καὶ σὲ συναριθμῶν αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν μηκέτι ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθνῄσκῃς μηδ᾿ „ὡς εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων“ πίπτῃς.

8.75 Chapter LXXV

Celsus also urges us to “take office in the government of the country, if that is required for the maintenance of the laws and the support of religion.” But we recognise in each state the existence of another national organization, founded by the Word of God, and we exhort those who are mighty in word and of blameless life to rule over Churches. Those who are ambitious of ruling we reject; but we constrain those who, through excess of modesty, are not easily induced to take a public charge in the Church of God. And those who rule over us well are under the constraining influence of the great King, whom we believe to be the Son of God, God the Word. And if those who govern in the Church, and are called rulers of the divine nation—that is, the Church—rule well, they rule in accordance with the divine commands, and never suffer themselves to be led astray by worldly policy. And it is not for the purpose of escaping public duties that Christians decline public offices, but that they may reserve themselves for a diviner and more necessary service in the Church of God—for the salvation of men. And this service is at once necessary and right. They take charge of all—of those that are within, that they may day by day lead better lives, and of those that are without, that they may come to abound in holy words and in deeds of piety; and that, while thus worshipping God truly, and training up as many as they can in the same way, they may be filled with the word of God and the law of God, and thus be united with the Supreme God through His Son the Word, Wisdom, Truth, and Righteousness, who unites to God all who are resolved to conform their lives in all things to the law of God.

Προτρέπει δ᾿ ἡμᾶς Κέλσος καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρχειν τῆς πατρίδος, ἐὰν δέῃ καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἕνεκεν σωτηρίας νόμων καὶ εὐσεβείας. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει ἄλλο σύστημα πατρίδος κτισθὲν λόγῳ θεοῦ ἐπιστάμενοι τοὺς δυνατοὺς λόγῳ καὶ βίῳ ὑγιεῖ χρωμένους ἄρχειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρχειν ἐκκλησιῶν παρακαλοῦμεν; οὐκ ἀποδεχόμενοι μὲν τοὺς φιλάρχους βιαζόμενοι δὲ τοὺς διὰ πολλὴν μετριότητα τὴν κοινὴν φροντίδα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ βουλομένους προπετῶς ἀναδέξασθαι· καὶ οἱ καλῶς ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν βιασθέντες ὑπάρχουσι. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀναγκάζοντος, ὃν πεπείσμεθα εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ λόγον θεόν. καὶ εἰ ἄρχουσιν οἱ καλῶς ἄρχοντες ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τῆς κατὰ θεὸν πατρίδος (λέγω δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας), λεγόμενοι ἢ (βιαζόμενοι), καὶ ἄρχουσι κατὰ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προστεταγμένα, οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῦτο μολύνοντες τῶν θετῶν νόμων.

καὶ οὐ φεύγοντές γε τὰς κοινοτέρας τοῦ βίου λειτουργίας Χριστιανοὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα περιΐστανται ἀλλὰ τηροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς θειοτέρᾳ καὶ ἀναγκαιοτέρᾳ λειτουργίᾳ ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀναγκαίως ἅμα καὶ δικαίως ἡγούμενοι καὶ πάντων πεφροντικότες, τῶν μὲν ἔνδον, ἵν᾿ ὁσημέραι βέλτιον βιῶσι, τῶν δὲ δοκούντων ἔξω, ἵνα γένωνται ἐν τοῖς σεμνοῖς τῆς θεοσεβείας λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις καὶ οὕτω θεὸν ἀληθῶς σέβοντες καὶ πολλοὺς ὅση δύναμις παιδεύοντες ἀνακραθῶσι τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ θείῳ νόμῳ καὶ οὕτως ἑνωθῶσι τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ διὰ τοῦ ἑνοῦντος αὐτῷ υἱοῦ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ σοφίας καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης πάντα τὸν προτετραμμένον ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ θεὸν ἐν πᾶσι ζῆν.

8.76 Chapter LXXVI

You have here, reverend Ambrosius, the conclusion of what we have been enabled to accomplish by the power given to us in obedience to your command. In eight books we have embraced all that we considered it proper to say in reply to that book of Celsus which he entitles A True Discourse. And now it remains for the readers of his discourse and of my reply to judge which of the two breathes most of the Spirit of the true God, of piety towards Him, and of that truth which leads men by sound doctrines to the noblest life. You must know, however, that Celsus had promised another treatise as a sequel to this one, in which he engaged to supply practical rules of living to those who felt disposed to embrace his opinions. If, then, he has not fulfilled his promise of writing a second book, we may well be contented with these eight books which we have written in answer to his discourse. But if he has begun and finished that second book, pray obtain it and send it to us, that we may answer it as the Father of truth may give us ability, and either overthrow the false teaching that may be in it, or, laying aside all jealousy, we may testify our approval of whatever truth it may contain.

Glory Be to Thee, Our God; Glory Be to Thee.

Ἔχεις δ᾿ ἐν τούτοις, ἱερὲ Ἀμβρόσιε, τὸ τέλος κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἡμῖν καὶ δοθεῖσαν δύναμιν τῶν προστεταγμένων ὑπὸ σοῦ. καὶ περιεγράψαμεν ἐν ὀκτὼ βιβλίοις πάντα, ὅσα πρέπον εἶναι ἐνομίσαμεν ὑπαγορεῦσαι πρὸς τὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένον Κέλσου ἀληθῆ λόγον. τοῦ δ᾿ ἐντυγχάνοντός ἐστι τῷ ἐκείνου συγγράμματι καὶ οἷς ἡμεῖς κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὑπηγορεύσαμεν κρῖναι, ὁπότερα μᾶλλον πνεῖ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους φθανούσης ὑγιῶν δογμάτων προτρεπομένων ἐπὶ τὸν ἄριστον βίον ἀληθείας.

ἴσθι μέντοι ἐπαγγελλόμενον τὸν Κέλσον ἄλλο σύνταγμα μετὰ τοῦτο ποιήσειν, ἐν ᾧ διδάξειν ἐπηγγείλατο, ὅπῃ βιωτέον τοὺς βουλομένους αὐτῷ καὶ δυναμένους πείθεσθαι. εἰ μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἔγραψεν ὑποσχόμενος τὸν δεύτερον λόγον, εὖ ἂν ἔχοι ἀρκεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς τοῖς ὀκτὼ πρὸς τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ὑπαγορευθεῖσι βιβλίοις· εἰ δὲ κἀκεῖνον ἀρξάμενος συνετέλεσε, ζήτησον καὶ πέμψον τὸ σύγγραμμα. ἵνα καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ἅπερ ἂν ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας διδῷ ἡμῖν πατὴρ ὑπαγορεύσαντες καὶ τὴν ἐν ἐκείνῳ ψευδοδοξίαν ἀνατρέψωμεν, εἰ δέ που τι ἀληθὲς λέγεται, τούτῳ ἀφιλονείκως ὡς καλῶς εἰρημένῳ μαρτυρήσωμεν.

Alexander Roberts, James Donaldson, A. Cleveland Coxe (eds.), Buffalo: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1885-1896. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Ante-Nicene Fathers). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Salva per dopo

Inserisci la tua email: ti invieremo un link per accedere. Nessuna password. Ciò che salvi (voci, versetti, capitoli, documenti) ti segue su ogni dispositivo.